+

WO2008013037A1 - Binding fastener for file binder - Google Patents

Binding fastener for file binder Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008013037A1
WO2008013037A1 PCT/JP2007/063490 JP2007063490W WO2008013037A1 WO 2008013037 A1 WO2008013037 A1 WO 2008013037A1 JP 2007063490 W JP2007063490 W JP 2007063490W WO 2008013037 A1 WO2008013037 A1 WO 2008013037A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
binding
ring
ring holding
fixed
pair
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/063490
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kanji Tanaka
Hiroshi Arai
Mitsunori Maeda
Original Assignee
Lihit Lab., Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Lihit Lab., Inc. filed Critical Lihit Lab., Inc.
Priority to CN2007800277262A priority Critical patent/CN101495323B/en
Priority to JP2008526717A priority patent/JP4809895B2/en
Publication of WO2008013037A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008013037A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B42BOOKBINDING; ALBUMS; FILES; SPECIAL PRINTED MATTER
    • B42FSHEETS TEMPORARILY ATTACHED TOGETHER; FILING APPLIANCES; FILE CARDS; INDEXING
    • B42F13/00Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots
    • B42F13/16Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings
    • B42F13/20Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings pivotable about an axis or axes parallel to binding edges
    • B42F13/22Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings pivotable about an axis or axes parallel to binding edges in two sections engaging each other when closed
    • B42F13/26Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings pivotable about an axis or axes parallel to binding edges in two sections engaging each other when closed and locked when so engaged, e.g. snap-action

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a binding tool for a file / binder, and more particularly to a binding tool used for a file / binder such as a ring file.
  • the binder binding tool includes a first plurality of binding rings 3 and a second plurality of binding rings 4 that are capable of colliding with each other along the outer side.
  • a pair of the first substrate 1 and the second substrate 2 that stand up against each other on the inner side, an elastic sheath 7 that restrains both outer sides of the substrate, and the first substrate 1 and Some have plate-like first operation knobs 11 and second operation knobs 10 that are respectively attached to and intersected with the second substrate 2 (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-147897
  • the elastic sheath is a metal plate panel, but between the first substrate and the second substrate on the lower side of the first substrate and the second substrate, that is, on the attached cover side. , It is formed so as to be bridged and sandwiched.
  • the main object of the present invention is a file that can be assembled relatively easily, can reduce the overall height of the binding tool, and can smoothly open and close the binding object. Is to provide.
  • the binding tool for the file binder according to claim 1 of the present invention is a binding tool attached to the attachment area of the cover of the file binder, and a pair of left and right binding ring holding parts attached to the cover, On the surface on which the binding ring is formed, straddling between the binding ring formed on the binding ring holding part and the pair of left and right binding ring holding parts so as to protrude in a direction away from the attachment portion of the cover And a pair of left and right binding ring holding portions that are pivotally fixed around a portion where the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are in contact with each other.
  • both ends of the lever are fixed, close to the top surface of the ring holder, and at the height Fixed to the ring holding part, a file binder for binding tool.
  • the urging member is provided with a transversal semicircular arc plate-shaped laterally extending portion and projecting inward downward from both ends of the horizontally extending portion.
  • a fixing portion, and the fixing portion is fitted into a fixing pore extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion.
  • the binding holder is plate-shaped.
  • a binding ring is formed at both ends in the width direction at an appropriate interval in the length direction, and an operation clip is provided at both ends in the length direction so as to extend toward the direction in which the binding ring protrudes.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders shifts the pair of ring holders in the length direction, and alternately intersects the left and right ring rings between the crossed ring rings.
  • the fixed portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixed pore formed in the ring holding portion, and the pair of ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction, and the left and right ring rings are joined together.
  • a binding tool for a file binder according to claim 1 or claim 2.
  • the binding tool for a file binder according to claim 4 of the present invention is a metal binder in which the urging member is formed with an attachment portion for attachment to the cover from the horizontal portion toward the binding ring holding portion.
  • the attachment portion is inserted into an attachment through-hole formed in a matching portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions at the center in the width direction.
  • the binding tool for a file binder according to claim 4 wherein the binding tool is configured to be fixed to the cover in the vicinity of the tip opposite to the horizontal portion.
  • the attachment portion can be attached to the cover sheet at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions to swing. 6.
  • the attachment portion has a hollow cylindrical shape having openings on the horizontal portion side and the cover side, and by a collar inserted into the through hole. Further, the horizontal portion is fixed by the head for catching force at one end, and the cover side is fixed by the head for catching force at the other end. It is a binding tool for the file binder described in any one of the above.
  • the file according to claim 8 of the present invention includes a binding device for a binder, a binding ring holding portion, a binding ring, and a biasing member that are protruded from the one binding ring holding portion and the other binding ring holding In a state in which the binding ring protruding from the portion is opened, it can be fixed in the fixed narrow groove of the binding ring holding portion in a state where the fixing portions of the biasing members are arranged in parallel from between the opened left and right binding rings.
  • the binding tool for a file / binder according to claim 9 of the present invention is such that the pair of left and right ring holding parts contacts and Z or closes the pair of left and right ring holding parts when opening and closing the ring.
  • the urging member is fixed to the length of the binding ring holding portion. Both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring holding portion so as to urge the binding ring holding portion toward the closing direction of the binding ring.
  • the binding portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a pivot axis formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding ring holding force also protrudes, and When the support piece protrudes toward the other ring holding portion and separates the mating portion around the pivot, the support piece of one of the ring holding portions is 10.
  • the binding portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a pivot shaft formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding ring holding force protrudes, and the When the ring is opened around the pivot, the mating part of one of the ring ring holding parts and the mating part of the other ring ring holding part are abutted to hold the angle of the left and right ring ring holding parts and the ring ring.
  • the binding tool for a file binder according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the binding tool is configured to hold the open state.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the binding ring protrudes from the binding ring holding portion.
  • the pivot is formed on the upper side and the support piece protrudes from the one ring holding part toward the other ring holding part, the mating part is separated from the pivot.
  • the support piece of one of the ring holding parts is in contact with the surface of the other ring holding part so as to form a pivot and to hold the angle of the left and right mating parts, and is continuous with the support piece.
  • a recessed portion is formed to accommodate the support piece, and the pair of left and right binding rings are aligned at the pivot portion, and the pair of left and right binding rings are held with the alignment portion separated from the pivot portion. Shift the part in the length direction,
  • the support piece of the holding portion is formed so that the left and right binding rings can intersect with each other in a recessed manner on the other ring holding portion.
  • the binder for the file binder described in any of the above.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and is attached to the attachment portion for inserting the attachment portion. A hole is drilled,
  • the mounting through-hole is formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion, and a normal mounting position force is continuously formed.
  • the mounting through-hole for receiving at least the mounting portion is formed, and the mounting portion is the through-hole for assembly.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with each other at the pivot portion, and the length of the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions in the state where the alignment portions are separated from each other about the pivot portion.
  • the file binder binding tool according to any one of claims 9 and 12, which is formed so that the left and right binding rings can cross each other in a different direction.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are fixed so as to be swingable around a portion where the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions come into contact with each other.
  • a fixed pore is formed to fix the biasing member extending in the height direction and extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion, and means for preventing the cover from moving in the height direction is formed.
  • the biasing member has a length extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion, and the biasing member of the binding ring holding portion is configured to bias the binding ring holding portion toward the closing direction of the binding ring.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions have a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the matching portion of the binding ring holding portion is one of the binding ring holding portions.
  • the file binding device for a binder according to claim 16 of the present invention is such that the pair of left and right binding rings hold the pair of binding rings holding parts in the length direction, and the left and right binding rings cross each other alternately. Between the crossed ring rings, the urging part is fixed to the fixed pore formed in the ring ring holding part. When the fixed portion of the material is fixed, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought into contact with each other, and the return preventing protrusion is shifted in the length direction.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions is a matching portion thereof.
  • Fixed pores for fixing the biasing member extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion are formed at positions separated from each other in the pair of left and right width directions, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction,
  • the right and left binding rings are alternately crossed, and between the crossed binding rings, the fixing portion of the biasing member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding section, and the pair of left and right binding rings is held.
  • the binding tool for a file binder according to claim 14 wherein the part is shifted in the length direction and the left and right binding rings are attached to each other.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions of the pair of binding rings are shifted in the length direction, and the left and right binding rings are alternately crossed.
  • the fixing portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion between the crossed binding rings, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction, and left and right
  • the fixed pores are formed in such a manner that the one fixing ring holding portion is shifted in a state where the fixing portion of the biasing member is fitted.
  • the binding tool for a file / binder according to claim 9 of the present invention is such that the pair of left and right ring holders shifts the pair of ring holders in the length direction, and the left and right ring rings cross each other alternately.
  • the fixing portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the ring holder, and the pair of ring holders are shifted in the length direction.
  • the binding device for a file 'binder according to claim 20 of the present invention is such that the means for preventing movement of the urging member includes a terminal end of a fixed pore of one of the ring holding portions of the pair of left and right ring holding portions, The end of the fixed hole of the other ring holding part is formed by the end of the fixed hole of the one ring holding part opposite to the end in the length direction of the ring holding part.
  • the binding ring enters the binding margin side edge of the binding object into the gap toward the gap formed between the binding ring holding portions.
  • a guide portion is provided so as not to protrude.
  • the binding device for a file 'binder according to claim 22 of the present invention is such that the gap spans between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions and is stretched over the surface on which the binding ring is formed.
  • the binding device is attached to the attachment area of the cover of the file 'binder, and protrudes in a direction away from the attachment part of the cover and the pair of left and right binding ring holders attached to the cover.
  • a biasing member spanned between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions and spanned on a surface where the binding ring is formed, The pair of left and right binding rings is in contact with the pair of right and left binding rings.
  • the biasing member has a length that extends in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion, and biases the binding ring holding portion toward the direction of closing the binding ring.
  • both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base of the ring ring of the ring holding part, close to the upper surface of the ring holding part, and fixed to the ring holding part at a height.
  • the overall height of the binding tool can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the overall width of the file 'binder.
  • the urging member includes a horizontal section having a semicircular plate shape in cross section, and a fixing section projecting downward from both ends of the horizontal section. Since the fixing part is fitted into a fixing pore extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding part and fixed so as to be sandwiched, it is possible to manufacture a binding tool that is easy to fit the biasing member into the binding ring holding part. It can be done easily. Then, when turning a note or the like closed on the ring, it is possible to see the left and right note and the like that are spread apart.
  • the binding ring holding portion is plate-shaped, and the binding ring is formed at both ends in the width direction at appropriate intervals in the length direction, and at both ends in the length direction.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are mutually connected.
  • Crossing the difference, between the crossed rings, the fixing part of the urging member is fixed to the fixing hole formed in the ring holding part, and the pair of ring holding parts are arranged in the length direction. Therefore, it is possible to manufacture the binding tool relatively easily by fitting the urging member inserted between the left and right binding rings at the time of manufacture. It can be done easily.
  • the urging member is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion for attachment to the cover is formed from the horizontal portion toward the binding ring holding portion, many parts are provided.
  • a binding tool can be attached to the cover.
  • the mounting portion is fitted and inserted into a mounting through-hole formed in a matching portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions at the center in the width direction, and is opposite to the horizontal portion. Since it is formed so as to be fixed to the cover in the vicinity of the front end on the side, the urging member can be attached to the cover together with the binding ring holding portion, and the manufacturing process can be omitted. it can.
  • the mounting portion has a length for allowing the binding ring holding portion to be attached to the cover at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions to swing. Therefore, the binding ring holding portion can be swung so that the lowermost end of the binding ring holding portion does not hit the cover.
  • the attachment portion is a hollow cylinder having openings on the horizontal portion side and the cover side, and the hooking force at one end is caused by the flange inserted into the through hole. Since the horizontal portion is fixed by the head and the cover side is fixed by the hook for the other end, the binding tool can be relatively easily fixed to the cover by the hook.
  • the binding ring holding portion, the binding ring, and the biasing member include the binding ring protruding from the one binding ring holding portion and the binding ring protruding from the other binding ring holding portion. Since the biasing member fixing portion can be fixed to the fixed narrow groove of the binding ring holding portion in a state where the biasing member is arranged in parallel between the opened left and right binding rings. In the manufacturing process, it is possible to relatively easily manufacture the binding tool, in which the urging member placed between the left and right binding rings is relatively easily fitted.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions swings around the axis where the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions abut and Z or close when pivoting.
  • the biasing member has a length extending in a length direction of the ring holding part and biases the ring holding part in a direction to close the ring. Both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base part of the ring ring, and are fixed to the ring ring holding part at a height V near the surface on the protruding side of the ring holding part.
  • the overall height of the binding tool can be reduced. Therefore, it becomes possible to reduce the overall width of the file 'binder.
  • the mating portion of the pair of left and right ring holding portions is formed with a pivot on the upper side in the direction in which the ring protrudes from the ring holding portion, and from one of the ring holding portions.
  • the support piece of the one ring holding portion is the surface of the other ring holding portion. Is formed so as to hold the angle of the left and right binding rings, so that the closed state can be stably maintained when the binding rings are closed.
  • the mating portion of the pair of left and right ring holding parts is formed with a pivot on the upper side in the direction in which the ring protrudes from the ring holding part, and the ring is formed around the pivot.
  • the mating part of the one ring holding part and the mating part of the other ring holding part are abutted to maintain the angle of the left and right ring holding parts and the state in which the ring is opened. Therefore, when the binding ring is opened, it can be kept in a stable open state.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the pivot holding force is formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes. Further, when the support piece protrudes toward the other ring holding portion and the one holding portion is separated from the pivot, the support piece of the one ring holding portion is supported. Is in contact with the surface of the other ring holding portion to form a pivot, and to hold the angle of the left and right mating portions,
  • a concave portion that accommodates at least the support piece is formed continuously with the support piece, and a pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with the pivot portion, and the alignment portion is formed around the pivot portion.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders are shifted in the length direction, and the support piece of one of the ring holders fits into the recessed portion of the other ring holder.
  • the rings are formed so as to be able to cross each other in a staggered manner, both ends of the biasing member are fixed in the vicinity of the inside of the base part of the binding ring holding part, and the binding ring protrudes from the ring holding part. Close to the side surface and at a height, it can be fixed to the binding ring holding part, and the biasing member can be fixed to the binding ring holding part without adding any force to the biasing member during manufacturing. Is relatively easy.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and an attachment through hole for inserting the attachment portion is provided,
  • the mounting through-hole is formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion, and a normal mounting position force is continuously formed.
  • the mounting through-hole for receiving at least the mounting portion is formed, and the mounting portion is the through-hole for assembly.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with each other at the pivot portion, and the length of the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions in the state where the alignment portions are separated from each other with the pivot portion as the center. Shift the direction, Since the left and right binding rings are formed so as to be able to cross each other, the urging member is fixed at both ends in the vicinity of the inside of the binding ring base of the binding ring holding section, and the binding ring is fixed.
  • the holding part can be fixed to the binding ring holding part at a height close to the surface on the side where the binding ring protrudes, and the biasing member is held in the state in which no force is applied to the biasing member during manufacturing. It can be fixed to the cover, and it is easy to attach the binding tool to the cover, making it relatively easy to manufacture.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions is fixed so as to be swingable around a portion where the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions abuts, and has a length extending in the height direction of the cover.
  • a fixed pore for fixing the biasing member extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion and a movement preventing means in the height direction of the cover is formed. It has a length extending in the length direction of the holding portion, and both ends thereof are located in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring holding portion so as to bias the binding ring holding portion toward the closing direction of the binding ring. Since it is fixed and close to the upper surface of the binding ring holding part and is fixed to the binding ring holding part at a height, the overall height of the binding tool can be reduced. Therefore, it becomes possible to reduce the overall width of the file 'binder.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the mating portion of the binding ring holding portion is used for preventing return to one binding ring holding portion.
  • a protrusion is provided, and a recess for preventing return is formed in the other ring holding part.
  • the protrusion is slidable in a state where the matching parts of the pair of left and right ring holding parts are combined. Since it is formed so as to be engaged with the return-preventing recess, the pair of left and right binding ring holders cannot be moved in the height direction of the cover after being assembled. The pair of ring holders cannot be displaced from each other!
  • the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are shifted in the length direction of the pair of binding rings holding portions, and the left and right binding rings are alternately intersected
  • the fixing portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion
  • the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought into contact with each other.
  • the anti-return protrusion is formed when the right and left ring rings are brought into contact with the inclined surface that slides in contact with the mating part of the other ring holding part when displaced in the length direction.
  • an engagement surface that is engaged with a return-preventing recess formed in the mating portion of the binding ring holding portion is formed when the right and left ring rings are brought into contact with the inclined surface that slides in contact with the mating part of the other ring holding part when displaced in the length direction.
  • the pair of ring holders can be fixed in the fixed pores of the ring holder without shifting the biasing member by shifting the length of the pair of ring holders in the length direction and alternately crossing the right and left rings. After assembling the pair of ring holders in the length direction, the pair of ring holders cannot move in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of right and left ring holders cannot be displaced from each other!
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions extends from the mating portion in the pair of left and right width directions.
  • a fixed pore for fixing the biasing member extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion is formed at a remote position, and the pair of left and right ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right ring rings are
  • the fixing portions of the urging member are fixed to the fixing pores formed in the binding ring holding portion between the crossed binding rings, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are attached to the fixing ring.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings are shifted in the length direction, and the left and right binding rings are alternately intersected to form a biasing member.
  • the pair of left and right ring holding parts is configured by shifting the pair of ring holding parts in the length direction and alternately intersecting the left and right ring rings.
  • the fixing portion of the biasing member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought into contact with each other.
  • the fixed pores are extended in the direction opposite to the shifting direction in order to shift one of the ring holding portions in a state where the fixing portion of the biasing member is fitted.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are shifted in the length direction, the left and right binding rings are crossed alternately, and the fixed pores of the binding ring holding portions are not added to the biasing member. After that, after assembling the pair of left and right binding ring holders in the length direction, Can not move in the height direction, a pair of right and left binding ring holding portion does not deviate the position of the other.
  • the pair of left and right ring holding parts is configured by shifting the pair of ring holding parts in the length direction and alternately intersecting the left and right ring rings.
  • the fixing portion of the biasing member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the right and left binding rings are brought into contact with each other.
  • the means for preventing movement of the urging member includes the terminal end of the fixed pore of one of the pair of left and right ring holding parts and the fixing of the other ring holding part. Since the end of the fixed hole of the one ring holding part of the pores is formed by the terminal on the opposite side in the length direction of the ring holding part, the pair of left and right ring holding parts is After being assembled, it cannot move in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding ring holders cannot be displaced from each other!
  • the binding ring is configured to prevent the binding margin side edge of the binding object from entering the gap toward the gap formed between the binding ring holding portions. Since the interior is protruded, it is possible to provide a binding tool that is relatively easy to assemble, can reduce the overall height of the binding tool, and can smoothly open and close the objects to be bound.
  • the gap is formed between the urging member spanned on the surface on which the binding ring is formed, straddling between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions. Therefore, the bound object is not guided to the guide portion and enters the gap.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions swings around the portion where the pair of left and right binding rings contact and Z or close when pivoting.
  • the biasing member is fixed between the binding ring holding portions at a height close to the surface on the side where the binding ring protrudes, and the biasing member is a length of the binding ring holding portion. Both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base of the binding ring holding portion so as to bias the binding ring holding portion toward the direction of closing the binding ring. Therefore, the bound object is not guided to the guide portion and enters the gap.
  • ⁇ 1 A perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a first embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state where a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed.
  • FIG. 3 It is a partial bottom schematic view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed.
  • FIG. 4 It is a partial plan view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed.
  • FIG. 5 is a partial front schematic view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed.
  • (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 4A-A showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed
  • (B) is a cross-sectional view showing the open / closed state of the object to be bound. .
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing a state in which a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is opened.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view showing a state in which a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is opened.
  • FIG. 9 is a partial front schematic view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is opened. ⁇ 10] FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view of FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is assembled.
  • FIG. 12 is a partial front view showing the assembled state of the binding tool shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a partial plan view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is assembled.
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a second embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is closed.
  • FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17A-A) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 14 is closed.
  • FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17C-C) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 14 is closed.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of a main part showing a state where a ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
  • FIG. 26 It is a fragmentary sectional view showing a state in which the ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic plan view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
  • ⁇ 30 It is a partial front view solution figure which shows the state which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
  • FIG. 15 is a partial plan view illustrating a state in which the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 14 is assembled.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
  • FIG. 33 is an illustrative plan view showing a partially cut out and enlarged view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustrative plan view of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG.
  • ⁇ 35 It is a bottom view solution view of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 36 A perspective view of a biasing member of the binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. [FIG. 37]
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of a main part showing a state in which a ring portion of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is closed.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of a main part showing a state in which a ring portion of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
  • FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view showing the open / closed state of the object to be bound.
  • FIG. 40 A perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a third embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing a state where a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial bottom view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 40 is closed.
  • FIG. 43 is a partial plan view showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed.
  • FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing a state where a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is opened.
  • FIG. 47 A perspective view showing a state in which a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is opened.
  • FIG. 48 is a partial front view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 40 is opened.
  • FIG. 49 is a partial cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG.
  • FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial front view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial plan view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial front view solution view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial front view solution view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 55 is a partial front view illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 56 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial front view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 58 is a partial front view illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
  • FIG. 59 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a fourth embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • FIG. 60 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is closed.
  • FIG. 61 is a partial bottom view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed.
  • FIG. 62 is a partial plan view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed.
  • FIG. 60 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is closed.
  • FIG. 60 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17A-A) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed.
  • FIG. 60 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIG. 17B-B) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed.
  • FIG. 60 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17C-C) showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is closed.
  • FIG. 67 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened.
  • FIG. 68 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened.
  • FIG. 69 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened.
  • FIG. 70 is a partial cross sectional view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened.
  • FIG. 71 is a partial cross sectional view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened. .
  • FIG. 72 is a perspective view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
  • FIG. 73 is a perspective view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
  • FIG. 74 is an illustrative plan view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled
  • FIG. 75 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
  • FIG. 76 is a partial plan view illustrative view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
  • FIG. 77 is an illustrative view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
  • FIG. 78 is an illustrative plan view showing a partially cut out and enlarged view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a first embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view, a partial front view and a partial plan view showing a state in which the binding tool is assembled.
  • a ring file 10 shown in FIG. 1 of the first embodiment includes a synthetic resin such as polypropylene, for example, and a cover 12 having a paper strength such as cardboard.
  • the front cover 12 includes a belt-like back cover 12a, and a front cover 12b and a back cover 12c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 12a.
  • a binding tool 20 made mainly of synthetic resin such as ABS is attached.
  • the binding tool 20 includes a pair of left and right first and second binding members 22a and 22a having a shape corresponding to the inner surface of the spine 12a as an attachment region of the cover 12. 22b is pivotably connected.
  • One of the first binding members 22a includes a strip-shaped binding ring holding portion 24a attached to the cover 12. Including.
  • the binding ring holding portion 24a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12, and one end portion in the width direction is rotatable with the second binding member 22b via the hinge portion 26a. Faced.
  • the other second binding member 22b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 24b attached to the cover 12, and the binding holder 24b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12. And having one end portion force in the width direction, which is pivotably brought into contact with the first binding ring member 22a via the hinge portion 26b.
  • the height direction of the cover means the upward direction and the downward direction of the arrow X shown in FIG.
  • the pair of left and right ring holding parts 24a and the ring holding part 24b are a hinge part 26a and a hinge part 26b, which are parts where the pair of left and right ring holding parts 24a and 24b come into contact with each other. Is pivotally fixed around the axis.
  • the matching portion where the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are combined that is, the matching portion 32a of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the matching portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24b are planar and hold the binding ring.
  • the upper and lower surfaces of the portion 24a and the upper and lower surfaces of the ring holding portion 24b are formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to each other.
  • the upper surface and the lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the upper surface and the lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 24b are in the direction in which the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b protrude, and the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface.
  • the support piece 28a and the support piece 28b are connected to the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b when the fitting part 32a and the fitting part 32b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b, are brought together. This is for supporting the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b so that they can swing with respect to each other about the other end in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b. As shown in FIG. 5, the inner ring side of the other end in the width direction of the binding ring holding portions 24b and 24a on the other side, that is, the opposing mating portions 32a and 32b Be placed.
  • the first binding ring member 22a has an operation knob 30al and an operation knob 30a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction
  • the second binding ring member 22b has an operation knob 30bl and an operation knob 30b 2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction.
  • the operation knob 30al is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30al of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30bl of the second ring member 22b intersect each other.
  • 22b is protruded obliquely upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and the operation knob 30b 1 is protruded obliquely upward from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a.
  • the operation knob 30a2 is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30a2 of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30b2 of the second ring member 22b intersect each other.
  • the operation knob 30b 2 protrudes diagonally upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) toward 22b, and the operation knob 30b 2 is inclined upward (protruding the binding ring) from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a. It is projected in the direction.
  • the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a are formed at their upper ends (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), respectively, by forming inclined surfaces that extend highly outward, and the second binding ring member
  • the operation knob 30b 1 and the operation knob 30b2 of 22b each form an inclined surface that extends higher toward the outside at the upper end (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the length from one operation knob 30al of the first ring member 22a to the other operation knob 30a2 (that is, the distance between them) and the operation knob 30bl from one operation ring 30bl to the other is configured to be substantially the same, and the first binding ring in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b (that is, the height direction of the cover).
  • the operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned below the operation knob 30al of the member 22a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a (the height of the cover) In the vertical direction, the operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned!
  • the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
  • the height direction of the cover means the upward / downward direction of the arrow X shown in FIG. [0019]
  • 30 arc-shaped binding rings 40a, 40a,... It is formed with an interval of.
  • 30 arcuate ring rings 40b, 40b,... are formed on the upper surface which is the outside of the ring holding part 24b at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction.
  • a fixed pore 36a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a is formed in the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) near the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 40a.
  • a fixed pore 36b extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring retaining portion 24b is formed in the upper surface of the portion 24b (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 40b.
  • the fixed pore 36a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) downward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the fixed pore 36b is cut into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) to the lower side (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the binding ring holding portion 24b. It will be scraped.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b extend between the fixed pore 36a of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and the fixing pore 36b of the binding ring holding portion 24b.
  • the right side of the plan 48 is protruding.
  • the left guide portion 46 and the right guide portion 48 are arranged so that the binding object S is inserted into the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b through the binding hole S2 and when the binding object S is opened, the binding holder 24a and It is formed to prevent the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound at the lower part near the binding ring holding part 24b from entering the gap 58a and the gap 58b!
  • the left guide portion 46 is formed with a left-side opening guide surface 46a formed of an inclined surface on the inner side surface where the tip force of the left guide binding ring 40a3 continues, and from the binding ring holding portion 24a to the inner side surface.
  • a left-side closing guide surface 46b made of a curved surface is formed, and the left-side guide leading edge 46c where the left-side opening guide surface 46a intersects the left-side closing guide surface 46b is above the upper surface of the biasing member 50.
  • the biasing member 50 is formed so as to protrude to a position that closes the left gap 58a formed between the left end edge of the urging member 50 and the inner side surface of the left guide binding ring 40a3.
  • the right guide 48 has a right-side opening guide surface 48a formed of an inclined surface on the inner side where the tip force of the right guide ring 40b3 continues, and is formed on the inner side from the binding holder 24b. Continuing, a right-side closing guide surface 48b formed of a curved surface is formed, and the right-side guide end 48c intersecting the right-side opening guide surface 48a and the right-side closing guide surface 48b is located above the upper surface of the biasing member 50.
  • the urging member 50 is formed so as to protrude to a position that closes the right gap 58b formed between the right end edge of the urging member 50 and the inner side surface of the right guide binding ring 40b3.
  • the left guide binding ring 40a3 is between the uppermost end binding ring 40al and the lowermost end binding ring 140a2, and the right guide binding ring 40b3 is the upper end end binding ring 40bl and the lowermost end binding ring 40b2. Between the left and right, four are formed at appropriate intervals.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are formed by connecting the mating portion 32a and the mating portion 32b in the hinge portion 26a and the hinge portion 26b of the stitched ring holding portion 24a and the ring holding portion 24b. It is formed so that it closes when it is close to, and opens when it is away from cover 12. Further, holes 42a and protrusions 44a are alternately formed at the tips of the respective binding rings 40a, and protrusions that fit into the holes 42a when the binding rings 40a and 40b are closed are formed at the ends of the binding rings 40b. 44b and holes 42b fitting into the protrusions 44a are alternately formed.
  • the holes 42a and 42b at positions corresponding to the protrusions 44a and 44b formed larger are the other holes 42a and 42b. It is formed deeper than the hole 42b.
  • the ring ring holding part 24a and the operation knob 30al, and the operation knob 30a2 and the ring 40a are integrally formed of synthetic resin
  • the second ring member 22b is formed of the ring ring holding part 24b.
  • the operation knobs 30bl and 30b2 and the ring 40b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
  • the urging member 50 includes a cross-sectional semicircular arc plate-like horizontal portion 52 that bulges upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction from both ends of the horizontal portion 52 (direction in which the binding ring protrudes). And a pair of left and right fixing portions 54a and 54b projecting inwardly, and the fixing portion 54a is fitted into a fixing pore 36a extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 24a, The fixing portion 54b is fitted into a fixed pore 36b extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24b, and is fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b.
  • the urging member 50 is attached to the cover 12 from the horizontal portion 52 toward the binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b.
  • This is a metal plate panel in which a mounting portion 56 is formed.
  • the mounting portion 56 is inserted into the mounting through holes 38a and 38b formed in the matching portions 32a and 32b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 52 and Is formed to be fixed to the cover 12 near the tip on the opposite side.
  • the attachment portion 56 is a length that allows the binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b to be attached to the cover sheet 12 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b to swing. Is equipped.
  • the mounting portion 56 has a hollow cylindrical main body 56c having openings 56a and 56b on the horizontal portion 52 side and the cover 12 side, and the entire upper end of the hollow cylindrical main body 56c (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the mounting portion 56 is attached to the through-holes 52a, 52b, 52c formed in the horizontal portion 52, the bottom portion 56d and the flange portion 56e are formed in a plan view.
  • the cylindrical main body 56c is attached to the cover sheet 12 with a flange 60 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 56c. That is, the horizontal portion 52 is fixed by the hooking force head 62a at one end of the rod 60, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 62b at the other end.
  • the urging member 50 has a longitudinal force from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover) of the first binding member 22a.
  • the binding ring 40a is formed so that the uppermost binding ring 40b1 is positioned inside the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40a2 is positioned inside the lowermost binding ring 40b2.
  • the distance between the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30a2 is slightly shorter.
  • the biasing member 50 sandwiched between the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b is formed in the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b when the binding tool 20 is assembled. This is because the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b are fitted and fixed so as to be fixed.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are slightly shifted in the vertical direction (in the height direction of the cover),
  • the biasing member 50 is not tensioned, and the right or left side of the biasing member 50
  • the gap between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b slightly expanded, the fixed hole 36a of the ring holding part 24a and the fixed hole 36b of the ring holding part 24b are fitted into the fixed hole 36a and
  • the urging member 50 is fixed to the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b at the hole edge of the fixed hole 36b.
  • the urging member 50 has the fixing portions 54a and 54b at both ends slightly widened in the width direction, the binding ring holding portion 24a, the binding ring holding portion 24b, the binding ring 40a, and the binding ring 40b. It works to close the.
  • the urging member 50 includes a fixing portion 54a that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, a hinge portion 26a and a hinge portion 26b, and a fixing portion that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50.
  • 54b Since the force is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed portion 54a that is the joint and the fixed portion 54b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 50 is slightly expanded, and the spring force is slightly activated.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are in a half-open state, that is, in a neutral state (unstable state), the alignment part 32a of the binding ring holding part 24a and the matching part 32b of the binding ring holding part 24b It is not.
  • the urging member 50 includes a fixing portion 54a that is a joint between the binding ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portion 54b, which is the joining portion between the hinge portion 26a and the hinge portion 26b, the ring holding portion 24b, and the biasing member 50, is in a straight line, the fixing portion 54a that is the joining portion is fixed. The straight line distance with the part 54b is the longest. At this time, the urging member 50 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are in an open state (stable state)
  • the matching portion 32a of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the matching portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24b come into contact with each other, and the binding ring 40a
  • the tip of the ring does not touch the tip of the ring 40b.
  • the urging member 50 Since the urging member 50 is slightly expanded, it acts to open the ring holding part 24a, the ring holding part 24b, the support piece 28a, and the support piece 28b.
  • the urging member 50 is a fixed portion 54a which is a joint between the ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, the hinge 26a and the hinge 26b, and a joint between the ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portion 54b has a mountain shape, the straight line distance between the fixing portion 54a serving as the joining portion and the fixing portion 54b serving as the joining portion is slightly short. At this time, the urging member 50 is in a slightly expanded state, and the spring force works slightly.
  • the operation knob 30a2 and the operation knob 30b2 or the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30bl that are separated from each other are left and right. If the ring 40a and the ring 40b are half-opened, that is, the neutral state (unstable state), the ring 40a and the ring 40b are also open (stable state). become.
  • a gap 5 is formed between the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 52 and the fixing portion 54a and the vicinity of the base portion of the binding ring 40a. 8a is formed, and a gap 58b is formed between the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 52 and the fixing portion 54b and the vicinity of the base portion of the binding ring 40b.
  • the left-side opening guide surface 46a is configured to pass the object S to be bound in the right guide binding ring 40b3 or in the vicinity of the tips of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b to the left guide binding ring 40a3 and the right guide ring 40a.
  • the binding hole S2 is moved along the loop of the binding ring 40b3 and moved to the left guide binding ring 40a3
  • the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S is moved to the upper surface (the upper surface of the left opening guide surface 46a).
  • By sliding it was guided to the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 without entering the gap 58a, slid up the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52, and opened the object S to be bound in the left guide binding ring 40a3. It is configured to be in a state.
  • the right-side opening guide surface 48a is formed by using the left-side guide binding ring 40a3 and the right-side guide binding ring 40b3 as the binding object S near the tips of the left-side guide binding ring 40a3 and the binding ring 40b3.
  • the binding hole S2 is moved to the right guide binding ring 40b3 along the binding hole S2
  • the upper edge (the upper surface of the right opening guide surface 48a) of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S is slid.
  • the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 is slid up so that the object to be bound S is opened in the right guide ring 40b3. It is configured to be able to.
  • the left-side closing guide surface 46b extends along the loop of the left-side guide binding ring 40a3 and the right-side guide binding ring 40b3 through the binding hole S2 of the binding object S that is open in the left-side guide binding ring 40a3. Even when the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S slides down on the upper surface of the horizontal part 52 and enters the gap 58a when moving to the right guide binding ring 40b3, the binding object S In accordance with the movement of the object, the binding margin side edge S1 of the object to be bound S is guided and repeated to reach the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 is slid. It has been.
  • the left closing guide surface 46b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound.
  • the right closing guide surface 48b is opened in the right guide binding ring 40b3.
  • the right closing guide surface 48b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound.
  • the binding object S is The binding margin side edge S1 enters the gap 58a from the left closing guide surface 46b to the left guiding tip 46c, slides up the upper surface of the left guiding portion 46, and the binding margin side edge S1 is bent or hooked. It can be closed or moved without doing it.
  • the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 40a is connected to the other binding ring 40b.
  • the mating part 32a and the mating part 32b are abutted to form the hinge part 26al and the hinge part 26bl, and the fixed pore 36a and the fixed fine hole 36b.
  • the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b of the horizontal part 52 is approximately the same as the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b.
  • the fixing portion 54a of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixed pore 36a of the binding ring holding portion 24a, and the fixing portion 54b of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixing pore 36b of the binding ring holding portion 24b.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are opened, and the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction thereof, so that the top end binding ring 40al and the top end binding ring 40bl or The lower end binding ring 40a2 and the lowermost end binding ring 40b2 are moved to a position where their respective tips meet each other to be in a stable state.
  • the first ring member 22a and the second ring member 22b are divided into the first ring member 22a by the operation knob 30a 1 and the operation knob 3 Obi, and by the operation knob 30a2 and the operation knob 30b2.
  • the second binding ring member 22b is not displaced in the length direction, that is, the height direction of the cover.
  • the attachment portion 56 is fitted into the attachment through hole 38a and the attachment through hole 38b formed in the alignment portion 32a and the alignment portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b.
  • the first and second ring members 22a and 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
  • the binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
  • the first binding ring member 22a and the second binding ring member 22b of the binding tool 20 are formed by integrally molding with a synthetic resin, so that the number of molded parts is small. Assembling and immediately manufacturing costs are reduced after molding.
  • an elastic force is exerted so as to return to the original when the distance between both end portions of the urging member 50 is widened. Since this elastic force is used, for example, a leaf spring or a coil spring is used. No other parts are required, which also reduces assembly and immediate manufacturing costs.
  • the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 or the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30b2 are rotated in one direction to approach each other, so that the binding rings 40a and 40a and The binding ring 40b can be opened, and, for example, paper having a binding hole is bound into the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b, or paper having a binding hole is removed from the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b. can do.
  • the binding tool 20 is attached to the spine cover 12a of the cover 12 with a scissors.
  • the force binding tool 20 may be attached to another.
  • a screw, a bolt, a nut, or the like may be used as an attachment for attaching the binding tool 20 instead of the collar.
  • the first binding ring member 22a and the second binding ring member 22b, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, and the biasing member 50 have a specific shape, Although formed with a specific number, they may be formed in other shapes or numbers in whole or in part.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b may be formed in different shapes such as a straight line shape and a semicircular shape so as to be closed in a D-shaped ring shape.
  • the ring 40a and the ring 40b may be formed in numbers other than 30 each.
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a second embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • FIGS. 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19 show the ring file binding tool.
  • FIG. 22, FIG. 23, FIG. 24, and FIG. 25 is a perspective view, a perspective view, a partial front view and a cross-sectional view of the main part showing a state in which the ring part of the binding tool is opened.
  • FIG. 27, FIG. 28, FIG. 29, FIG. It is the perspective view which shows the state which the binding tool assembles, a partial front view solution figure, and a partial top view solution figure.
  • a ring file 110 shown in FIG. 14 of the second embodiment includes a synthetic resin such as polypropylene, for example, and a cover 112 having a paper strength such as cardboard.
  • the front cover 112 includes a belt-like back cover 112a, and a front cover 112b and a back cover 112c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 112a.
  • a binding tool 120 made of synthetic resin such as ABS is mainly attached to the inner surface of the back cover 112a of the cover 112, for example.
  • the binding tool 120 includes a pair of left and right first binding ring members 122a and second bindings each having a shape corresponding to the inner surface of the back cover 112a, which is a mounting region of the cover 112.
  • the ring member 122b is slidably connected.
  • One of the first binding members 122 a includes a strip-shaped binding member 124 a attached to the cover 112.
  • the binding ring holding portion 124a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112, and is opposed to the second binding member 122b so as to be rotatable via the one-end force hinge portion 126a in the width direction.
  • the other second binding member 122b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 124b attached to the cover 112, and the binding holder 124b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112. And has a first end force in the width direction, and is abutted against the first binding ring member 122a via the hinge portion 126b.
  • the height direction of the cover means the upward and downward directions of the arrow X shown in FIG.
  • the pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding part 124b are a pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and a ring holding part when opening and closing the ring 140a and the ring 140b.
  • the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b which are the parts that come into contact with 124b, are pivotally fixed around the pivot part. ing.
  • the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b are formed on the upper part (in the protruding direction of the ring) of the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
  • the matching portion where the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are combined that is, the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are planar, and the binding ring It is formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to the upper surface and lower surface of the holding portion 124a and the upper surface and lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 124b, and is hinged at the upper part of the mating portion 132a and the mating portion 132b (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the force of 126a and hinge 126b is formed!
  • the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124b are in the direction in which the binding ring 14Oa and the binding ring 140b protrude, and the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface.
  • support pieces 128a, 128a,... are spaced in the longitudinal direction so that the other end force protrudes outward on the other end side in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a, that is, the upper surface of the mating portion 132a. Are formed with a gap.
  • the eight support pieces 128b, 128b,... are extended in the longitudinal direction on the other end side in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b, that is, on the upper surface of the mating portion 132b so as to protrude outward from the other end portions. Formed at intervals.
  • the support piece 128a and the support piece 128b are connected to the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124a when the fitting part 132a and the fitting part 132b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b, are brought together. And the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b are supported so that they can swing together with the other end side in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b as a pivot. As shown in FIGS. 16 and 18, they are arranged on the inner surface side of the other end in the width direction of the binding ring holding portions 124b and 124a on the other side, that is, on the facing mating portions 132a and 132b.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the direction in which the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b protrude from the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b.
  • a pivot region of the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b is formed, and the support piece 128a protrudes from the one ring holding part 124a toward the other ring holding part 124b, and the other ring A support piece 128b protrudes from the holding part 124b toward the one ring holding part 124a, and is aligned with the mating part 132a around the pivot.
  • the support piece 128a of the one ring holding portion 124a comes into contact with the surface of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is This is formed so as to hold the angle between the right and left ring rings 140a and 140b and to hold the ring ring 140a and the ring ring 140b open. It is made.
  • One binding ring holding portion 124a is formed with a recessed portion 129a for receiving the supporting piece 128b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b in succession to the support piece 128a, and the other binding ring holding portion.
  • 124b is formed with a recessed portion 129b for accommodating the support piece 128a.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are aligned with the pivot part (the region of the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b).
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are shifted in the length direction in a state in which the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b are separated from each other with the pivot part as a center, and one of the binding parts
  • the support piece 128a of the ring holding portion 124a fits into the recessed portion 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is recessed in the other ring holding portion 124a.
  • the biasing member is applied to the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
  • the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is determined between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150.
  • the angle can be such that the length is substantially close to the interval.
  • a return-preventing projection 170 projects from the mating portion 132b of one binding ring holding portion 124b, and a return-preventing recessed portion 172 is formed in the other binding ring holding portion 124a.
  • the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b are slidable in a state in which the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b are combined, so that the return preventing protrusion 170 is engaged with the return preventing recess 172. Formed.
  • the return prevention protrusion 170 and the return prevention recess 172 constitute a movement preventing means for preventing the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b from moving in the height direction of the cover.
  • the return-preventing recessed portion 172 shifts the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions 124a and the binding ring holding portions 124b in the length direction, so that the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b are different from each other.
  • the biasing member is applied to the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b formed in the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b between the crossed binding rings 140a and 140b.
  • the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of 150 are fixed, the interval between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150.
  • An assembly recess 174 for accommodating the return prevention protrusion 170 is continuously formed so as to have an angle that is substantially close to the interval.
  • the recessed portion 172 for preventing return and the recessed portion 174 for assembly have substantially the same shape, and the recessed portion 172 for preventing return includes an inclined surface 172a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing protrusion 170 and the return surface.
  • the assembling recess 174 includes an inclined surface 174a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing projection 170 and the return preventing projection 170. Engagement surface 170b and a corresponding engagement surface 174b.
  • the return prevention protrusion 170 shifts the pair of ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding parts 124b in the length direction, and holds the other ring holding when the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are brought together.
  • Inclination 170a slidably contacting the mating portion 132a of the portion 124a, and the return prevention recess formed in the mating portion 132a of the other ring holding portion 124a when the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b are brought together
  • an engaging surface 170b engaged with the portion 172 is formed on a slope that becomes lower in the direction of displacement!
  • the first binding ring member 122a has an operation knob 130a1 and an operation knob 130a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction
  • the second binding ring member 122b has an operation knob 130bl and an operation knob at both ends in the longitudinal direction. Only 130b2.
  • the operation knob 130al has a second binding ring member 122b from the first binding ring member 122a so that the operation knob 130a 1 of the first binding ring member 122a and the operation knob 130b 1 of the second binding ring member 122b intersect each other. And the operation knob 130bl is obliquely upward from the second binding member 122b toward the first binding member 122a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). In).
  • An operation knob 130a2 for the first ring member 122a and an operation knob 130b2 for the second ring member 122b The operation knobs 130a2 are projected obliquely upward (in the protruding direction of the ring) from the first binding ring member 122a toward the second binding ring member 122b so as to cross each other, and the operation knobs 130b2 Is protruded obliquely upward (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) from the second ring member 122b toward the first ring member 122a.
  • the operation knob 130al and the operation knob 130a2 of the first binding ring member 122a are each formed with an inclined surface extending high outwardly at the upper end (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the second binding ring member 122b.
  • the operation knob 130b 1 and the operation knob 130b2 each have an inclined surface that extends to the outside at the upper end (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the length reaching the knob 130b2 (that is, the distance between the two) is configured to be substantially the same, and the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b (that is, the height direction of the cover) is the first.
  • the operation knob 130b 1 of the second ring member 122b is located below the operation knob 130a of the binding ring member 122a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 130a 2 of the first ring member 122a (
  • the operation knob 130bl of the second binding ring member 122b is configured to be positioned (in the height direction of the cover).
  • the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
  • the height direction of the cover refers to the upward and downward directions of the arrow X shown in FIG.
  • 26 arc-shaped The binding rings 140b, 140b,... Are formed at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction.
  • a fixed pore 136a extending in the longitudinal direction of the ring holding part 124a is formed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base of the ring 140a.
  • a fixed pore 136b extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b is formed on the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 124b in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 140b.
  • the fixed pore 136a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that goes into the inside from the upper surface (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) to the lower side (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) from the upper surface of the ring holding part 124a.
  • the pore 136b has a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the ring) toward the lower side (in the protruding direction of the ring!). It will be cut out.
  • the ring 140a and the ring 140b span between the fixed pore 136a of the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and the fixed hole 136b of the ring holder 124b.
  • a right guide 148 is provided protruding.
  • the left guide part 146 and the right guide part 148 include a binding ring holding part when the binding object S is inserted into the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b through the binding hole S2 and the binding object S is opened. It is formed so that the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S located at the lower part is close to 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b so as not to enter the gap 158a and the gap 158b.
  • the left guide portion 146 is formed with a left-side opening guide surface 146a having an oblique force following the inner surface following the tip force of the left guide binding ring 140a3, and from the binding ring holding portion 124a to the inner surface.
  • the left-side closing guide surface 146b which also has a curved surface force, is formed, and the left-side opening guide surface 146a and the left-side closing guide surface 146b intersect with each other above the upper surface of the biasing member 150.
  • the biasing member 150 protrudes to a position that closes the left gap 158a formed between the left end edge of the biasing member 150 and the inner surface of the left guide binding ring 140a3.
  • the right guide portion 148 is formed with a right-side opening guide surface 148a having an oblique force following the inner surface where the distal end force of the right guide binding ring 140b3 continues, and the inner surface from the binding ring holding portion 124b.
  • a right-side closing guide surface 148b made of a curved surface is formed, and the right-side opening guide surface 148a and the right-side closing guide surface 148b intersect with each other at the right-side guide tip 148c above the upper surface of the biasing member 150. Then, the biasing member 150 is projected and formed to a position that closes the right gap 158b formed between the right end edge of the urging member 150 and the inner surface of the right guide binding ring 140b3.
  • the left guide ring 140a3 is between the uppermost end ring 140al and the lowermost end ring 140a2, and the right guide ring 140b3 is the uppermost end ring 140bl and the lowermost end ring 140b2. In between, four are formed at appropriate intervals on the left and right sides.
  • the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are formed by combining the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding rod 124b with the hinge ⁇ 126a and the hinge ⁇ 126b. Are closed when approaching the cover 112 and conversely, they are opened when they are moved away from the cover 112.
  • holes 142a and protrusions 144a are alternately formed at the tips of the respective ring rings 140a, and the protrusions that fit into the holes 142a when the ring rings 140a and the ring rings 140b are closed are formed at the tips of the ring rings 140b. 1 44b and holes 142b that fit into the projections 144a are alternately formed.
  • protrusions 144a and 144b are formed larger than the others, and the holes 142a and 142b at positions corresponding to the protrusions 144a and 144b formed larger are the other holes 142a. And deeper than the hole 142b.
  • the ring ring holding part 124a and the operation knob 130a 1 and the operation knob 130a2 and the ring ring 140a are integrally formed of synthetic resin
  • the second ring member 122b is formed of the ring ring holding part.
  • 124 b, operation knobs 130bl and 130b2, and ring 140b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
  • the urging member 150 includes a semicircular arc-shaped horizontal section 152 that swells upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction (the protrusion of the binding ring protrudes) from both ends of the horizontal section 152.
  • the fixing portion 154b is fitted into a fixing pore 136b extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 124b, and the upper surfaces of the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b (in the protruding direction of the ring). And fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b is configured to shift the pair of ring holders 124a and 124b in the length direction so that the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b
  • a biasing member is formed between the fixed ring 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b between the ring 140a and the ring 140b crossed alternately.
  • 150 fixing parts 154a and 154b are fixed, and the pair of binding rings holding part 124a and binding ring holding part 124b are shifted in the length direction so that the right and left binding rings 140a and 140b are joined together.
  • the fixed hole 136b of the other ring holding part 124b is displaced from the position of the one ring holding part 132a when the fixing part 154b of the urging member 150 is fitted. Therefore, the direction in which the binding ring holding portion 124b is displaced (the downward direction of the arrow in FIG. 31 and the downward direction of the cover height) ) It is extended on the opposite side of the.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b shift the pair of ring holders 124a and ring holders 124b in the length direction thereof, and Crossing alternately, between the intersecting ring 140a and ring 140b, straddle between the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
  • the pair of the ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portions 124b are shifted in the length direction thereof, and the left and right bindings
  • the ring 140a and the ring 140b can be mated together, and the fixed portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a and the fixed portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136b.
  • the ring holding portion 124b is displaced and the angle at which the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are brought together changes. It is, at positions summed Ki wants right of the binding rings 140a and Tsuzuriwa 140b, and movement prevention means 176 is formed in order to prevent the biasing member 150 moves, Ru.
  • the urging member movement preventing means 176 fixes the end 132b1 of the fixed pore 136b of one of the pair of left and right ring holders 124b and the other end of the ring holder 124a.
  • the fixing part 124b of the one ring holding part 124b is formed by the terminal part 136al on the opposite side in the length direction of the ring holding part.
  • the length of the fixed pore 136a of the ring holding portion 124a that is, the length between one end 136al of the fixed pore 136a and the other end 136a2 of the fixed pore 136a). The length between them is substantially the same as the length of the fixing portion 154a of the urging member 150.
  • the urging member 150 is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion 156 for attachment to the cover 112 is formed from the horizontal portion 152 toward the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b.
  • the attachment portion 156 is inserted into the attachment through holes 138a and 138b formed in the matching portions 132a and 132b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 152 It is formed so as to be fixed to the cover 112 in the vicinity of the tip on the opposite side.
  • the attachment portion 156 has a length for allowing the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to be attached to the cover 112 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to swing. I have.
  • the mounting portion 156 is provided in the vicinity of the upper end and the lower end and in the center in the height direction of the cover of the horizontal portion 152 of the urging member 150.
  • a hollow cylindrical body 156c having openings 156a, 156b on the 152 side and the cover 112 side, and a circular flange 156d in plan view protruding from the upper end of the hollow cylindrical body 156c over the entire circumference and a collar 156e, and when attaching the attachment part 156 to the through holes 152a, 152b, 152c drilled in the horizontal part 152, only the collar part 156e on the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) initially On the other hand, the collar portion 156d on the upper side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is extended to the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the cylindrical main body 156c is attached to the cover 112 by a hook 160 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 156c. That is, the horizontal portion 152 is fixed by the hooking force head 162a at one end of the rod 160, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 162b at the other end.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b have a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and are attached through holes 138a for attachment and attachments for attaching the attachment portions 156.
  • a through hole 138b for use is formed.
  • the mounting through-hole 138a and the mounting through-hole 138b are formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion 156, and the mounting through-hole 138b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b has a normal mounting position force.
  • an assembly through-hole 138bl for accommodating at least the mounting portion 156 is formed.
  • the mounting portion 186 fits into the mounting through hole 138a and the assembly through hole 138bl, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and In a state in which the ring holding portion 124b is aligned and the alignment portion 132a and the alignment portion 132b are separated from each other about the pivot portion, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the length direction.
  • the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are formed so as to be able to cross each other.
  • the biasing member 150 has a length in the length direction from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover), and the binding ring 140a of the first binding member 122a is The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140a2 and the binding ring of the second binding member 122b 1 The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140b2 constituting the 40b
  • the upper ring 140a is positioned between the ring 140b so that the uppermost ring 140bl is positioned inside the uppermost ring 140al and the lowermost ring 140a2 is positioned inside the lowermost ring 140b2.
  • the biasing member 150 is not applied with a tension force, or the right and left fixing portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150 With the gap slightly expanded, the fixed hole 136a of the ring holding part 124a and the fixed hole 136b of the ring holding part 124b are fitted into the fixed hole 1
  • the biasing member 150 is fixed to the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b with the hole edges of the 36a and the fixing hole 136b.
  • the urging member 150 has a fixed portion 154a and a fixed portion 154b at both ends in the width direction that are slightly expanded! / Ring, so that the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b and the binding ring 140a and the binding member 150 Acts to close ring 140b.
  • the urging member 150 is a fixed portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the urging member 150, and a fixing portion, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the urging member 150. Since 154b is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed part 154a that is the joint and the fixed part 15 4b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 150 is slightly widened, and the spring force works slightly. .
  • the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion of the binding ring holding portion 124b It does not hit 132b.
  • the biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the fixing portions 154b are aligned in a straight line, the linear distance between the fixing portion 154a as the joint portion and the fixing portion 154b as the joint portion is the longest. At this time, the urging member 150 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
  • the binding portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are in force contact with each other, and the binding ring The tip of 140a does not touch the tip of ring 140b. Since the urging member 150 is slightly expanded, the biasing member 150 acts to open the hinge portion 126a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the hinge portion 126b of the binding ring holding portion 124b.
  • the matching part 132a of the binding ring holding part 124b and the matching part 132b of the binding ring holding part 124a are in contact with each other, the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b cannot be opened any further.
  • the biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the barrel fixing portion 154b has a mountain shape, the linear distance between the junction fixing portion 154a and the junction fixing portion 154b is slightly shorter. At this time, the urging member 150 is in a slightly widened state, and the spring force works slightly.
  • a gap 158a is formed between the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 152 and the fixing portion 154a and the vicinity of the base portion of the binding ring 140a, and in the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 152 and the fixing portion 154b.
  • a gap 158b is formed between the ring and the vicinity of the base of the ring 140b.
  • the left-side opening guide surface 146a is provided on the right guide binding ring 140b3 or in the vicinity of the binding ring 140a and the front end of the binding ring 140b.
  • the binding hole S2 is moved along the loop of the binding ring 140b3 and moved to the left guide binding ring 140a3
  • the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound is moved to the upper surface (the upper surface of the left opening guide surface 146a).
  • By sliding it is guided to the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 without entering the gap 158a, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 is slid and raised, and the object S to be bound is opened in the left guide binding ring 140a3. It is configured to be in a state.
  • the guide surface 148a for opening on the right side is the left side guide binding ring 140a3 and the right side guide binding ring 140b3, which is located on the left guide binding ring 140a3 or near the tip of the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b.
  • the binding hole S2 is moved to the right guide binding ring 140b3 along the binding hole S2
  • the upper edge (the upper surface of the right opening guide surface 148a) of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S is slid.
  • it is guided to the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 without entering the gap 158b, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 is slid and raised, so that the object to be bound S is opened in the right guide binding ring 140b3. It is configured to be able to
  • the left-side closing guide surface 146b extends along the loop of the left-side guide binding ring 140a3 and the right-side guide binding ring 140b3 through the binding hole S2 of the binding object S that is open in the left-side guide binding ring 140a3. Even if the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S slides down on the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 and enters the gap 158a when moving to the right guide binding ring 140b3, the binding object S Is configured so that the binding edge S1 of the binding object S is guided and repeated to reach the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 and slide on the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152. It has been done.
  • the left closing guide surface 146b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound.
  • the right closing guide surface 148b is formed on the right guide binding ring 140b3 with the binding hole S2 of the object S to be opened on the left side along the loop of the right guide binding ring 140b3 and the left guide binding ring 140a3. Even when the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S slides down on the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 and enters the gap 158b when moving to the guide binding ring 140a3, it follows the movement of the binding object S. The binding margin side edge S1 of the object to be bound S is guided and repeated to reach the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 is slid. .
  • the right closing guide surface 148b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound.
  • the object to be bound S has a left guide portion where the binding margin side edge S1 does not enter the gap 158a.
  • Left side of 146 Slide down the upper surface of the opening guide surface 146a and reach the upper surface of the biasing member 150.
  • the object S to be bound is intended to close the spread state force or to rotate and move to the opposite side (for example, from the front cover 1 12b side to the back cover 112c side)
  • the object S to be bound is
  • the binding margin side edge S1 reaches the left guide end 146c from the left closing guide surface 146b without entering the gap 158a, slides up the upper surface of the left guide portion 146, and the binding margin side edge S1 is bent. It can be closed and moved without hanging or hanging.
  • the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 140a is connected to the other binding ring 140b.
  • the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b to form the hinge part 126al and the hinge part 126b 1 to form the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b. Is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of the urging member 150.
  • the support piece 128a of one of the ring holding portions 124a is fitted into the recess 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is the other ring. It fits into the recessed part 129b of the holding part 124a, and the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b intersect each other.
  • the fixing portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a of the binding ring holding portion 124a, and the fixing portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fixed to the fixing pore 136b of the binding ring holding portion 124b. Fit.
  • the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set to the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150.
  • the return preventing protrusion 170 is accommodated in the thread take-up recess 174 so that the angle is set to a length that is substantially close to the distance between the two.
  • the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are slightly shifted in the length direction so that the uppermost binding ring 140al and the The upper end ring 140bl or the lowermost end ring 140a2 and the lowermost end ring 140b2 to the position where the tips meet each other Move to a stable state.
  • the return-preventing protrusion 170 protruding from the mating portion 132b of one binding ring holding portion 124b comes out of the assembly recess 174 formed in the other binding ring holding portion 124a and is used for return prevention. It is fitted into the recess 172.
  • the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are prevented from moving in the height direction of the cover.
  • the attachment portion 156 is located in the attachment through hole 138a and the attachment through hole 138b.
  • the binding tool 120 is assembled through the above processes.
  • the binding tool 120 shown in FIG. 14 may be modified as shown in FIGS.
  • the inner side surfaces of the left side guide ring 140a3 and the right side guide ring 140b3 of the binding ring 140a are gentle curved surfaces having a smaller curvature than the outer side surface.
  • the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b are formed intermittently and are not formed in the region of the ring 140a and the ring 140b, but are formed only between the ring 140a and the ring 140b.
  • the left-side opening guide surface 146a and the right-side opening guide surface 148a are both arcuate in cross section and form a front-facing inclined surface that descends from the outside to the inside.
  • the left-closing guide surface 146b and the right-side closing guide surface Both 148b have an arcuate cross section and form a curved surface in front view.
  • the length between the inner surface and the outer surface of the left guide ring 140a3 and the right guide ring 140b3 of the binding ring 140a is about half the diameter of the binding hole S2 of the binding object S.
  • the formed object S is configured to smoothly rotate or move such as opening and closing of the object to be bound S.
  • the biasing member 150 is recessed around the through-hole 152a and the through-hole 152b downward (that is, toward the side of the ring-ring holding part 124a and the ring-ring holding part 124b).
  • the head 162a is approximately the same height as the periphery of the horizontal portion 152 of the biasing member 150, and the upper surface of the head 162a and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 are smooth surfaces. It is configured so that it can move smoothly.
  • FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a third embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • 41, 42, 43, 44, and 45 are a perspective view, a partial bottom view, a partial plan view, and a partial front view of the binding device shown in FIG. It is an illustration figure and a partial cross-section illustration figure.
  • 46 and 47 are perspective views showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool is opened
  • FIGS. 48 and 49 are partial front views and partial views showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool is opened.
  • FIG. 50, FIG. 51, and FIG. 52 are a perspective view, a partial front view, and a partial plan view showing a state in which the binding tool is assembled.
  • a ring file 10 shown in FIG. 40 of the third embodiment includes a cover 12 having a synthetic resin such as polypropylene and a paper strength such as cardboard.
  • the front cover 12 includes a belt-like back cover 12a, and a front cover 12b and a back cover 12c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 12a.
  • a binding tool 20 made mainly of synthetic resin such as ABS is attached.
  • One of the first binding members 22a includes a strip-shaped binding member 24a attached to the cover 12.
  • the binding ring holding portion 24a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12, and one end portion in the width direction is rotatable with the second binding member 22b via the hinge portion 26a. Faced.
  • the other second binding member 22b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 24b attached to the cover 12, and the binding holder 24b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12. And having one end portion force in the width direction, which is pivotably brought into contact with the first binding ring member 22a via the hinge portion 26b.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 24a and 24b includes a hinge part 26a and a hinge part 26b which are portions where the pair of left and right ring holders 24a and 24b abut. Is pivotally fixed around the axis.
  • the mating portion where the ring holding portions 24a and 24b are combined that is, the mating portion 32a of the ring holding portion 24a and the mating portion 32b of the ring holding portion 24b are planar, and the ring holding portion 24a
  • the upper and lower surfaces and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 24b are formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to each other.
  • the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 24b In the direction in which the ring 40b protrudes, the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface.
  • support pieces 28a, 28a, ⁇ are arranged in the longitudinal direction on the inner surface of the other end portion side (matching portion 32a) in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a so as to protrude outward from the other end portions. Formed at intervals.
  • the four support pieces 28b, 28b,... are arranged in the longitudinal direction so that the other end force also protrudes outward on the inner surface of the other end side (matching portion 32b) in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 24b. Formed at intervals.
  • the support piece 28a and the support piece 28b are connected to the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b when the fitting part 32a and the fitting part 32b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b, are brought together.
  • This is for supporting the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b so that they can swing with respect to each other about the other end in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b.
  • it is arranged on the inner surface side of the other end in the width direction of the ring-ring holding portions 24b and 24a on the other side, that is, on the facing mating portions 32a and 32b.
  • the first binding ring member 22a has an operation knob 30al and an operation knob 30a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction
  • the second binding ring member 22b has an operation knob 30bl and an operation knob 30b 2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction.
  • the operation knob 30al is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30al of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30bl of the second ring member 22b intersect each other.
  • 22b is protruded obliquely upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and the operation knob 30b 1 is protruded obliquely upward from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a.
  • the operation knob 30a2 is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30a2 of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30b2 of the second ring member 22b intersect each other.
  • the operation knob 30b 2 protrudes diagonally upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) toward 22b, and the operation knob 30b 2 is inclined upward (protruding the binding ring) from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a. It is projected in the direction.
  • the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a are formed at their upper ends (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), respectively, by forming inclined surfaces that extend highly outward, and the second binding ring member
  • the operation knob 30b 1 of 22b and the operation knob 30b2 have their upper ends (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). In addition, each of them forms an inclined surface that extends higher outward.
  • the length reaching the knob 30b2 (that is, the distance between the two) is configured to be substantially the same, and the first binding ring in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b (that is, the height direction of the cover).
  • the operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned below the operation knob 30al of the member 22a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a (the height of the cover) In the vertical direction, the operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned!
  • the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
  • the height direction of the cover means the upward and downward directions of the arrow X shown in FIG.
  • arcuate ring rings 40a, 40a,... It is formed with an interval of.
  • 30 arcuate ring rings 40b, 40b,... are formed at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction on the upper surface that is the outside of the ring holding part 24b.
  • the binding rings 40a and 40b are closed when the matching portions 32a and 32b are brought close to the cover 12 in the hinge portions 26a and 26b of the combined ring holding portions 24a and 24b, and conversely, the cover 12 It is formed so that it opens when it is away from it.
  • holes 42a and protrusions 44a are alternately formed at the tips of the respective ring portions 40a, and protrusions 44b that fit into the holes 42a when the ring portions 40a and 40b are closed are formed at the tips of the respective ring portions 40b.
  • the holes 42b that fit into the protrusions 44a are alternately formed.
  • protrusions 44a and 44b are formed larger than the others, and the holes 42a and 42b at positions corresponding to the protrusions 44a and 44b formed larger than the other holes 42a and 42b. Deeply formed.
  • a fixed pore 36a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding part 24a is formed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base part of the binding ring 40a.
  • the fixed pore 36a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) downward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the fixed pore 36b is cut into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) to the lower side (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the binding ring holding portion 24b. It will be scraped.
  • the ring holding part 24a and the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 and the ring 40a are integrally formed of synthetic resin
  • the second ring member 22b is formed of the ring holding part 24b.
  • the operation knobs 30bl and 30b2 and the ring 40b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
  • the urging member 50 includes a semicircular arc plate-like horizontal section 52 that bulges upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction (direction in which the binding ring protrudes) from both ends of the horizontal section 52. And a pair of left and right fixing portions 54a and 54b projecting inwardly, and the fixing portion 54a is fitted into a fixing pore 36a extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 24a, The fixing portion 54b is fitted into a fixed pore 36b extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24b, and is fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b.
  • the urging member 50 is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion 56 for attaching to the cover 12 is formed from the horizontal portion 52 toward the binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b.
  • the mounting portion 56 is inserted into the mounting through holes 38a and 38b formed in the matching portions 32a and 32b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 52 and Is formed to be fixed to the cover 12 near the tip on the opposite side.
  • the attachment portion 56 is a length that allows the binding ring holding portions 24a, 24b to be attached to the cover 12 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a, 24b to swing. Is equipped.
  • the mounting portion 56 has a hollow cylindrical main body 56c having openings 56a and 56b on the horizontal portion 52 side and the cover 12 side, and the entire upper end of the hollow cylindrical main body 56c (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the mounting portion 56 is attached to the through-holes 52a, 52b, 52c formed in the horizontal portion 52, the bottom portion 56d and the flange portion 56e are formed in a plan view.
  • the cylindrical main body 56c is attached to the cover sheet 12 with a flange 60 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 56c. That is, the horizontal portion 52 is fixed by the hooking force head 62a at one end of the rod 60, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 62b at the other end.
  • the urging member 50 has a longitudinal force from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover) of the first binding member 22a.
  • the binding ring 40a is formed so that the uppermost binding ring 40b1 is positioned inside the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40a2 is positioned inside the lowermost binding ring 40b2.
  • the distance between the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30a2 is slightly shorter.
  • the reason for this is that when the binding tool 20 is assembled, the urging member 50 sandwiched between the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b is attached to the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b. This is so that the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b formed can be fitted and fixed across the fixed pore 36b.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are slightly shifted in the vertical direction (in the height direction of the cover),
  • the biasing member 50 is not tensioned, and the right or left side of the biasing member 50
  • the biasing member 50 is fitted to the fixed hole 36a of the ring holding part 24a and the fixed hole 36b of the ring holding part 24b with the fixing part 54a and the fixed part 54b slightly expanded. Secure to the ring holder 24a and the ring holder 24b.
  • the urging member 50 has the fixing portions 54a and 54b at both ends slightly widened in the width direction, the binding ring holding portion 24a, the binding ring holding portion 24b, the binding ring 40a, and the binding ring 40b. It works to close the.
  • the urging member 50 includes a fixing portion 54a that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, a hinge portion 26a and a hinge portion 26b, and a fixing portion that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50.
  • 54b Since the force is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed portion 54a that is the joint and the fixed portion 54b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 50 is slightly expanded, and the spring force is slightly activated.
  • the urging member 50 is a fixed portion 54a which is a joint between the ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, the hinge 26a and the hinge 26b, and a joint between the ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portions 54b are arranged in a straight line, the linear distance between the fixing portion 54a that is the joining portion and the fixing portion 54b that is the joining portion is the longest. At this time, the urging member 50 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
  • the urging member 50 Since the urging member 50 is slightly expanded, it acts to open the ring holding part 24a, the ring holding part 24b, the support piece 28a, and the support piece 28b.
  • the urging member 50 is a fixed portion 54a which is a joint between the ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, the hinge 26a and the hinge 26b, and a joint between the ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portion 54b has a mountain shape, the straight line distance between the fixing portion 54a serving as the joining portion and the fixing portion 54b serving as the joining portion is slightly short. At this time, the urging member 50 is in a slightly expanded state, and the spring force works slightly.
  • the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 40a is connected to the other binding ring 40b.
  • the mating part 32a and the mating part 32b are abutted to form the hinge part 26al and the hinge part 26bl, and the fixed pore 36a and the fixed fine hole 36b.
  • the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b of the horizontal part 52 is approximately the same as the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b.
  • the fixing portion 54a of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixed pore 36a of the binding ring holding portion 24a, and the fixing portion 54b of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixing pore 36b of the binding ring holding portion 24b.
  • the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are opened, and the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction thereof, so that the top end binding ring 40al and the top end binding ring 40bl or Move the lower end binding ring 40a2 and the lowermost end binding ring 40b2 to the position where their tips meet, A stable state is assumed.
  • the first and second binding members 22a and 22b are formed by the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30bl, and by the operation knob 30a2 and the operation knob 30b2.
  • the attachment portion 56 is fitted into the attachment through hole 38a and the attachment through hole 38b formed in the alignment portion 32a and the alignment portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b.
  • the first and second ring members 22a and 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
  • the binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
  • the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are juxtaposed, the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are folded in a mountain, and between the one ring 40a and the other ring 40b.
  • the distance from the narrow groove 36b is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b of the horizontal part 52.
  • the bottom surface of the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b and the base part of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b A jig 100 having a recess 102 corresponding to the shape of the outer surface in the vicinity is prepared, and the jig 100 is used to maintain the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b in an optimum shape.
  • the urging member 50 passes between the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b and is lowered to fit the fixing portion 54a of the horizontal portion 52 into the fixed narrow groove 36a of the binding ring holding portion 24a.
  • the fixing part 54b of the horizontal part 52 is fitted into the fixing narrow groove 36b of the binding ring holding part 24b.
  • the jig 100 has a hole 104 for fitting the lower portion of the attaching portion 56.
  • the biasing member 50 is manufactured. As a result, the tips of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b abut each other, and the ring portion is closed and is in a stable state.
  • the binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
  • FIG. 1 Another assembling method of the binding tool 20 of the third embodiment is mainly shown in FIG. This will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the urging member 50 is fixed to the jig 110.
  • the urging member 50 is fixed to the concave portion 112 of the jig 110 with the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 facing down, and the attachment portion 56 is fixed to the concave portion 114 of the jig 110 so as to protrude upward.
  • the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are juxtaposed, the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are in a valley-folded state, and the one ring 40a and the other ring 40b A space a little wider than the width of the horizontal portion 52 of the biasing member 50 is provided between them, and the mating portion 32a and the mating portion 32b are abutted to form the hinge portion 26al and the hinge portion 26bl, and the fixed narrow groove 36a And the fixed narrow groove 36b is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed portion 54a and the fixed portion 54b of the horizontal portion 52.
  • the bottom surface of the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b and the base part of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b A jig 100 having a recess 102 corresponding to the shape of the adjacent outer surface is prepared, and the jig 100 holds the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b in an optimum shape.
  • the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are held by the jig 100 while maintaining the optimum position and shape by appropriately sucking.
  • the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are moved downward with the upper surface facing downward so that the fixing part 54a of the horizontal part 52 is fitted into the fixed narrow groove 36a of the binding ring holding part 24a and The fixing part 54b of the frame part 52 is fitted into the fixing narrow groove 36b of the binding ring holding part 24b.
  • the jig 100 has a hole 104 for fitting the lower portion of the attaching portion 56.
  • the urging member 50 causes the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b to each move.
  • the tip ends of each other face each other, and the ring portion is closed and is in a stable state.
  • the binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
  • the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b, and the binding ring and the biasing member 50 include the binding ring 40a protruding from the one binding ring holding part 24a and the other binding ring 40a.
  • the fixing part 54a and the fixing part 54a of the urging member 50 are fixed between the left and right rings 40a and 40b. It is configured to be fixed to the fixed narrow groove 36a of the ring holding part 24a and the fixed thin groove 36b of the ring holding part 24b in a state where the parts 54b are juxtaposed.
  • the first binding ring member 22a and the second binding ring member 22b of the binding tool 20 of the third embodiment are formed by integrally molding with synthetic resin as a whole.
  • the number of molded parts is small, and assembly and production costs are reduced immediately after molding.
  • an elastic force is exerted so as to return to the original position when the interval between both ends of the urging member 50 is widened. Since this elastic force is used, for example, a leaf spring or a coil spring is used. No other parts are required, which also reduces assembly and immediate manufacturing costs.
  • the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 or the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30b2 are rotated in one direction to approach each other.
  • the binding ring 40b can be opened, and, for example, paper having a binding hole is bound to the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b, or paper having a binding hole is bound to the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b. Can be.
  • the binding tool 20 is attached to the spine cover 12a of the cover 12 with a scissors.
  • the binding tool 20 may be attached to another.
  • a screw, a bolt, a nut, or the like may be used as an attachment for attaching the binding tool 20 instead of the collar.
  • the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b, the binding holder 24a and the binding holder 24b, and the biasing member 50 have a specific shape, Although formed with a specific number, they may be formed in other shapes or numbers in whole or in part.
  • the ring 40a and the ring 40b are linear and semi-circular so that they can be closed into a D-shaped ring. It may be formed in different shapes such as shapes. Also, for example, the ring 40a and the ring 40b may be formed in numbers other than 30 each.
  • FIG. 59 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a fourth embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
  • Fig. 60, Fig. 61, Fig. 62, 63 and Fig. 64 are a perspective view, a partial bottom view, a partial plan view, and a partial front view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool used in the ring file is closed.
  • FIG. 17A-A is a partial cross-sectional view (FIG. 17A-A).
  • 67 and 68 are perspective views showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened, and FIGS. 69 and 70 show a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened.
  • FIG. 2 is a partial front view and partial cross-sectional view.
  • 72 and 73 are perspective views showing the assembled state of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59
  • FIGS. 74, 75, and 76 are plan views and partial views showing the assembled state of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59. It is a front view solution and a partial plan view solution.
  • the ring file 110 shown in FIG. 59 of the fourth embodiment includes a synthetic resin such as polypropylene, for example, and a cover 112 having a paper strength such as cardboard.
  • the front cover 112 includes a belt-like back cover 112a, and a front cover 112b and a back cover 112c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 112a.
  • a binding tool 120 made of synthetic resin such as ABS is mainly attached to the inner surface of the back cover 112a of the cover 112, for example.
  • the binding tool 120 has a pair of left and right first and second binding members 122a and 122b corresponding to the inner surface of the back cover 112a, which is the attachment region of the cover 112. It is connected so that it can swing.
  • One of the first binding members 122a includes a strip-shaped binding member 124a attached to the cover 112.
  • the binding ring holding portion 124a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112, and is opposed to the second binding member 122b so as to be rotatable via the one-end force hinge portion 126a in the width direction.
  • the other second binding member 122b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 124b attached to the cover 112, and the binding holder 124b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112. And has a first end force in the width direction, and is abutted against the first binding ring member 122a via the hinge portion 126b.
  • the pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding part 124b are a pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and a ring holding part when opening and closing the ring 140a and the ring 140b.
  • the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b which are the parts that come into contact with 124b, are pivotally fixed around a pivot.
  • the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b are formed on the upper part (in the protruding direction of the ring) of the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
  • the matching portion where the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are combined that is, the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are planar, and the binding ring It is formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to the upper surface and lower surface of the holding portion 124a and the upper surface and lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 124b, and is hinged at the upper part of the mating portion 132a and the mating portion 132b (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the force of 126a and hinge 126b is formed!
  • the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124b are in the direction in which the binding ring 14Oa and the binding ring 140b protrude, and the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface.
  • support pieces 128a, 128a, ⁇ are spaced in the longitudinal direction on the other end side in the width direction of the ring holding portion 124a, that is, on the upper surface of the mating portion 132a so that the other end force also protrudes outward. Are formed with a gap.
  • the eight support pieces 128b, 128b,... are extended in the longitudinal direction on the other end side in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b, that is, on the upper surface of the mating portion 132b so as to protrude outward from the other end portions. Formed at intervals.
  • the support piece 128a and the support piece 128b are connected to the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124a when the fitting part 132a and the fitting part 132b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b, are brought together. And the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b are supported so that they can swing together with the other end side in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b as a pivot. As shown in FIGS. 16 and 18, they are arranged on the inner surface side of the other end in the width direction of the binding ring holding portions 124b and 124a on the other side, that is, on the facing mating portions 132a and 132b.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the direction in which the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b protrude from the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b.
  • the pivot (the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b area)
  • a support piece 128a is formed so as to protrude from one binding ring holding portion 124a to the other binding ring holding portion 124b, and from the other binding ring holding portion 124b to the one binding ring holding portion 124a.
  • the support piece 128a of one of the ring holding portions 124a is the surface of the other ring holding portion 124b.
  • the support piece 128b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b is formed to contact the surface of the other binding ring holding portion 124a and maintain the angle between the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b,
  • the ring 140a and the ring 140b are formed so as to hold the opened state.
  • One of the ring holding parts 124a is formed with a recessed part 129a for receiving the support piece 128b of the other ring holding part 124b in succession to the support piece 128a, and the other ring holding part 124b is formed with a recessed portion 129b for accommodating the support piece 128a.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are aligned with the pivot part (the region of the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b).
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are shifted in the length direction in a state in which the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b are separated from each other with the pivot part as a center, and one of the binding parts
  • the support piece 128a of the ring holding portion 124a fits into the recessed portion 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is recessed in the other ring holding portion 124a.
  • the biasing member is applied to the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
  • the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is determined between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150.
  • the angle can be such that the length is substantially close to the interval.
  • a return-preventing projection 170 projects from the mating portion 132b of one of the ring-holding portions 124b, and a return-preventing recessed portion 172 is formed in the other binding ring-holding portion 124a.
  • the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are slidable in a state where the mating portion 132a and the mating portion 132b are combined, and the return prevention protrusion 170 engages with the return prevention recess 172.
  • the return prevention protrusion 170 and the return prevention recess 172 constitute a movement preventing means for preventing the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b from moving in the height direction of the cover.
  • the biasing member is applied to the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b formed in the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b between the crossed binding rings 140a and 140b.
  • the interval between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150.
  • An assembly recess 174 for accommodating the return prevention protrusion 170 is continuously formed so as to have an angle that is substantially close to the interval.
  • the recessed portion 172 for preventing return and the recessed portion 174 for assembly have substantially the same shape, and the recessed portion 172 for preventing return includes an inclined surface 172a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing protrusion 170 and the return surface.
  • the assembling recess 174 includes an inclined surface 174a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing projection 170 and the return preventing projection 170. Engagement surface 170b and a corresponding engagement surface 174b.
  • the return prevention protrusion 170 shifts the pair of ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding parts 124b in the length direction, and holds the other ring holding when the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are brought together.
  • Inclination 170a slidably contacting the mating portion 132a of the portion 124a, and the return prevention recess formed in the mating portion 132a of the other ring holding portion 124a when the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b are brought together
  • an engaging surface 170b engaged with the portion 172 is formed on a slope that becomes lower in the direction of displacement!
  • the first binding ring member 122a has an operation knob 130a1 and an operation knob 130a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction
  • the second binding ring member 122b has an operation knob 130bl and an operation knob at both ends in the longitudinal direction. Only 130b2.
  • the operation knob 130al has a second binding ring member 122b from the first binding ring member 122a so that the operation knob 130a 1 of the first binding ring member 122a and the operation knob 130b 1 of the second binding ring member 122b intersect each other. Projecting diagonally upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) The knob 130bl is provided so as to project obliquely upward (in the protruding direction of the ring) from the second ring member 122b toward the first ring member 122a.
  • the operation knob 130a2 is directed from the first ring member 122a toward the second ring member 122b so that the operation knob 130a2 of the first ring member 122a and the operation knob 130b2 of the second ring member 122b intersect each other. And the operation knob 130b2 is obliquely upward from the second binding ring member 122b toward the first binding ring member 122a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). Projected to
  • the operation knob 130al and the operation knob 130a2 of the first binding ring member 122a are each formed with an inclined surface extending high outwardly at the upper end (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the second binding ring member 122b.
  • the operation knob 130b 1 and the operation knob 130b2 each have an inclined surface that extends to the outside at the upper end (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the length reaching the knob 130b2 (that is, the distance between the two) is configured to be substantially the same, and the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b (that is, the height direction of the cover) is the first.
  • the operation knob 130b 1 of the second ring member 122b is located below the operation knob 130a of the binding ring member 122a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 130a 2 of the first ring member 122a (
  • the operation knob 130bl of the second binding ring member 122b is configured to be positioned (in the height direction of the cover).
  • the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
  • the height direction of the cover means the upward and downward direction of the arrow X shown in Fig. 67.
  • holes 142a and protrusions 144a are alternately formed at the tip of each ring portion 140a, and protrusions 144b that fit into the holes 142a when the ring portions 140a and 140b are closed are formed at the tips of the respective ring portions 140b. And holes 142b that fit into the projections 144a are alternately formed.
  • protrusions 144a and 144b are formed larger than the others, and the holes 142a and 142b at positions corresponding to the larger protrusions 144a and 144b are larger than the other holes 142a and 142b. Deeply formed.
  • a fixed pore 136a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a is formed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base portion of the binding ring 140a on the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the binding ring holding portion 124a.
  • a fixed pore 136b extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b is formed near the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 140b.
  • the fixed pore 136a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that goes into the inside from the upper surface (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) to the lower side (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) from the upper surface of the ring holding part 124a.
  • the pore 136b has a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the ring) toward the lower side (in the protruding direction of the ring!). It will be cut out.
  • the ring ring holding part 124a and the operation knob 130a 1 and the operation knob 130a2 and the ring ring 140a are integrally formed of synthetic resin
  • the second ring member 122b is formed of the ring ring holding part.
  • 124 b, operation knobs 130bl and 130b2, and ring 140b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
  • the urging member 150 includes a semicircular arc-shaped horizontal section 152 that swells upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction (both protruding protrusions) from both ends of the horizontal section 152.
  • the fixing portion 154b is fitted into a fixing pore 136b extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 124b, and the upper surfaces of the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b (in the protruding direction of the ring). And fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b.
  • the pair of left and right binding rings 124a and the holding ring 124b shift the pair of binding rings holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b
  • a biasing member is formed between the fixed ring 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b between the ring 140a and the ring 140b crossed alternately.
  • 150 fixing parts 154a and 154b are fixed, and the pair of binding rings holding part 124a and binding ring holding part 124b are shifted in the length direction so that the right and left binding rings 140a and 140b are joined together.
  • the fixed hole 136b of the other ring holding part 124b is displaced from the position of the one ring holding part 132a when the fixing part 154b of the urging member 150 is fitted. Therefore, the direction in which the binding ring holding portion 124b is displaced (FIG. 76, the arrow downward direction, the cover height direction downward) ) It is extended on the opposite side of the.
  • the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b is configured to shift the pair of ring holders 124a and ring holders 124b in the length direction so that the left and right rings 140a and 140b Crossing alternately, between the intersecting ring 140a and ring 140b, straddle between the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
  • the pair of the ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portions 124b are shifted in the length direction thereof, and the left and right bindings
  • the ring 140a and the ring 140b can be mated together, and the fixed portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a and the fixed portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136b.
  • the ring holding portion 124b is displaced and the angle at which the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are brought together changes. It is, at positions summed Ki wants right of the binding rings 140a and Tsuzuriwa 140b, and movement prevention means 176 is formed in order to prevent the biasing member 150 moves, Ru.
  • the biasing member movement preventing means 176 fixes the end 132b1 of the fixed pore 136b of one of the pair of right and left ring holders 124b and the other ring holder 124a.
  • the fixing part 124b of the one ring holding part 124b is formed by the terminal part 136al on the opposite side in the length direction of the ring holding part.
  • the length of the fixed pore 136a of the ring holding portion 124a that is, the length between one end 136al of the fixed pore 136a and the other end 136a2 of the fixed pore 136a). The length between them is substantially the same as the length of the fixing portion 154a of the urging member 150.
  • the urging member 150 is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion 156 for attachment to the cover 112 is formed from the horizontal portion 152 toward the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b.
  • the attachment portion 156 is inserted into the attachment through holes 138a and 138b formed in the matching portions 132a and 132b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 152 It is formed so as to be fixed to the cover 112 in the vicinity of the tip on the opposite side.
  • the attachment portion 156 has a length that allows the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to be attached to the cover 112 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to swing. I have.
  • the mounting portion 156 is provided in the vicinity of the upper end and the lower end and in the center in the height direction of the cover of the horizontal portion 152 of the urging member 150.
  • a hollow cylindrical body 156c having openings 156a, 156b on the 152 side and the cover 112 side, and a circular flange 156d in plan view protruding from the upper end of the hollow cylindrical body 156c over the entire circumference and a collar 156e, and when attaching the attachment part 156 to the through holes 152a, 152b, 152c drilled in the horizontal part 152, only the collar part 156e on the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) initially On the other hand, the collar portion 156d on the upper side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is extended to the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
  • the cylindrical main body 156c is attached to the cover 112 by a hook 160 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 156c. That is, the horizontal portion 152 is fixed by the hooking force head 162a at one end of the rod 160, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 162b at the other end.
  • the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b have a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and are attached through holes 138a for attachment and attachments for attaching the attachment portion 156.
  • a through hole 138b for use is formed.
  • the mounting through-hole 138a and the mounting through-hole 138b are formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion 156, and the mounting through-hole 138b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b has a normal mounting position force.
  • an assembly through-hole 138bl for accommodating at least the mounting portion 156 is formed.
  • the mounting portion 186 fits into the mounting through hole 138a and the assembly through hole 138bl, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and In a state in which the ring holding portion 124b is aligned and the alignment portion 132a and the alignment portion 132b are separated from each other about the pivot portion, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the length direction.
  • the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are formed so as to be able to cross each other.
  • the biasing member 150 has a length in the length direction from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover), and the binding ring 140a of the first binding member 122a is The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140a2 and the binding ring of the second binding member 122b 1 The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140b2 constituting the 40b
  • the upper ring 140a is positioned between the ring 140b so that the uppermost ring 140bl is positioned inside the uppermost ring 140al and the lowermost ring 140a2 is positioned inside the lowermost ring 140b2.
  • the biasing member 150 is not applied with a tension force, or the right and left fixing portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150 In a state where the gap is slightly widened, the biasing member 1 is fitted into the fixed hole 136a of the ring holding part 124a and the fixed hole 136b of the ring holding part 124b. 50 is fixed to the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
  • the urging member 150 has a fixed portion 154a and a fixed portion 154b at both ends in the width direction that are slightly expanded! / Ring, so that the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b and the binding ring 140a and the binding member 150 Acts to close ring 140b.
  • the urging member 150 is a fixed portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the urging member 150, and a fixing portion, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the urging member 150. Since 154b is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed part 154a that is the joint and the fixed part 15 4b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 150 is slightly widened, and the spring force works slightly. .
  • the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion of the binding ring holding portion 124b It does not hit 132b.
  • the biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the fixing portions 154b are aligned in a straight line, the linear distance between the fixing portion 154a as the joint portion and the fixing portion 154b as the joint portion is the longest. At this time, the urging member 150 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
  • binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are in an open state (stable state)
  • the binding portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 1 24a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are brought into force contact with each other.
  • the tip of 140a does not touch the tip of ring 140b.
  • the matching part 132a of the binding ring holding part 124b and the matching part 132b of the binding ring holding part 124a are in contact with each other, the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b cannot be opened any further.
  • the biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the barrel fixing portion 154b has a mountain shape, the linear distance between the junction fixing portion 154a and the junction fixing portion 154b is slightly shorter. At this time, the urging member 150 is in a slightly widened state, and the spring force works slightly.
  • the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 140a is connected to the other binding ring 140b.
  • the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b to form the hinge part 126al and the hinge part 126b 1 to form the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b. Is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of the urging member 150.
  • the support piece 128a of one of the ring holding portions 124a is fitted into the recess 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is the other ring. It fits into the recessed part 129b of the holding part 124a, and the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b intersect each other.
  • the fixing portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a of the binding ring holding portion 124a, and the fixing portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fixed to the fixing pore 136b of the binding ring holding portion 124b. Fit.
  • the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set to the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150.
  • the return preventing protrusion 170 is accommodated in the thread take-up recess 174 so that the angle is set to a length that is substantially close to the distance between the two.
  • the return-preventing protrusion 170 protruding from the mating portion 132b of one binding ring holding portion 124b comes out of the assembly recess 174 formed in the other binding ring holding portion 124a and is used for return prevention. It is fitted into the recess 172.
  • the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are prevented from moving in the height direction of the cover.
  • the attachment portion 156 is located in the attachment through hole 138a and the attachment through hole 138b.
  • the binding tool 120 is assembled through the above processes.
  • the binding tool useful for the present invention can be applied to, for example, a ring file or a binder for a binder.

Landscapes

  • Sheet Holders (AREA)

Abstract

A binding fastener for a file binder, relatively easily assembled, having a reduced height, and enabling smooth opening and closing of bound materials. The binding fastener has a left and right pair of binding ring holding sections (24a 24b), binding rings (40a, 40b) formed on the binding ring holding sections (24a 24b) so as to project in the direction away from installation portions on cover panels, and an urging member (50) placed over the surface where the binding rings are formed, straddling between the left and right pair of binding ring holding sections (24a 24b). The left and right pair of binding ring holding sections (24a 24b) are pivotally fixed. The urging member (50) has a length extending in the direction of the length of the binding ring holding sections, is fixed at both ends to portions near the inner sides of bases of the binding rings (40a, 40b) on the binding ring holding sections (24a, 24b), and is fixed to the binding ring holding sections (24a 24b) at a height near the upper surfaces of the binding ring holding sections (24a 24b).

Description

明 細 書  Specification
ファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具  File binder binder
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] この発明は、ファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具に関し、特にたとえばリングファイルなどの ファイル ·バインダに用いられる綴じ具に関する。  [0001] The present invention relates to a binding tool for a file / binder, and more particularly to a binding tool used for a file / binder such as a ring file.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] この発明の背景となる従来のバインダ用綴じ具には、バインダー綴具は相互に衝 合自在の第 1の複数の綴環 3と第 2の複数の綴環 4を外辺に沿って起立し且つ内辺 で互いに衝合した一対の第 1基板 1及び第 2基板 2と、前記基板の両外辺を拘束する 弾性さや 7と、前期両基板の一端部において第 1基板 1及び第 2基板 2にそれぞれ取 り付けられ交差して形成されている板状の第 1操作つまみ 11及び第 2操作つまみ 10 を有するものがあった (例えば特許文献 1参照)。  [0002] In the conventional binder binding tool as the background of the present invention, the binder binding tool includes a first plurality of binding rings 3 and a second plurality of binding rings 4 that are capable of colliding with each other along the outer side. A pair of the first substrate 1 and the second substrate 2 that stand up against each other on the inner side, an elastic sheath 7 that restrains both outer sides of the substrate, and the first substrate 1 and Some have plate-like first operation knobs 11 and second operation knobs 10 that are respectively attached to and intersected with the second substrate 2 (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
[0003] 特許文献 1 :特開平 3— 147897号公報  Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-147897
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0004] 上述のような綴じ具において、弾性さやは、金属製板パネであるが、第 1基板と第 2 基板の下部すなわち取り付けられる表紙側において、第 1基板と第 2基板との間に、 架け渡され、挟み込むように形成されている。 [0004] In the binding tool as described above, the elastic sheath is a metal plate panel, but between the first substrate and the second substrate on the lower side of the first substrate and the second substrate, that is, on the attached cover side. , It is formed so as to be bridged and sandwiched.
そのために、表紙と第 1基板と第 2基板との間に弾性さやが存在して、綴じ具の全 体の高さが高くなり、弾性さやの高さ分が表紙力 高く突き出る。綴環に綴じられる用 箋の幅が一定であるので、表紙も用箋を収容するために、大きくならざるを得ない。 それゆえに、綴じ具全体の低背化を図ることができる綴じ具が求められている。 し力しながら、低背化を図るために、綴環の綴環保持部に形成された領域に隙間 等が生じると、綴じられた紙等が挟まるおそれがあり、開閉をスムーズに行えないお それがある。  For this reason, there is an elastic sheath between the cover, the first substrate, and the second substrate, and the overall height of the binding tool increases, and the height of the elastic sheath protrudes with a high cover power. Since the width of the note that is bound to the binding ring is constant, the cover must be large to accommodate the note. Therefore, there is a demand for a binding tool that can reduce the overall height of the binding tool. However, if a gap or the like occurs in the area formed in the binding holder of the binding ring in order to reduce the height of the binding ring, the bound paper may be pinched, and the opening and closing cannot be performed smoothly. There is it.
また、組み立て時において、第 1基板と第 2基板の下部に弾性さやを嵌め込むのみ で取り付けることができ、比較的製造が容易であるが、表紙と第 1基板と第 2基板との 間に弾性さやが存在して、綴じ具の全体の高さが高くなり、弾性さやの高さ分が表紙 力も高く突き出る。綴環に綴じられる用箋の幅が一定であるので、表紙も用箋を収容 するために、大きくならざるを得ない。 At the time of assembly, it can be attached simply by fitting an elastic sheath into the lower part of the first board and the second board, and it is relatively easy to manufacture, but the cover, the first board, and the second board There is an elastic sheath between them, and the overall height of the binding tool increases, and the height of the elastic sheath protrudes with a high cover force. Since the width of the note that is bound to the binding ring is constant, the cover must be large to accommodate the note.
そこで、製造時における組み立てが容易で、し力も背が低い綴じ具が望まれている  Therefore, a binding tool that is easy to assemble at the time of manufacture and has a low tension is desired.
[0005] それゆえに、この発明の主たる目的は、比較的組み立てが容易で綴じ具全体の低 背化を図ることができ、被綴じ物の開閉を円滑に行うことができるファイル 'バインダ用 綴じ具を提供することである。 [0005] Therefore, the main object of the present invention is a file that can be assembled relatively easily, can reduce the overall height of the binding tool, and can smoothly open and close the binding object. Is to provide.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0006] この発明の請求項 1にかかるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、ファイル ·バインダの表 紙の取り付け領域に取り付けられる綴じ具であって、表紙に取り付けられる左右一対 の綴環保持部と、表紙の取り付け部位より離れる方向に向けて突き出るように、前記 綴環保持部に形成された綴環と、前記左右一対の綴環保持部の間に跨って、綴環 の形成された面上にぉ 、て架け渡された付勢部材とを含み、前記左右一対の綴環 保持部は、左右一対の綴環保持部が当接する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定さ れ、前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方 向に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍 にお 、てその両端が固定され、綴環保持部の上面に近 、高さにお 、て綴環保持部 に固定された、ファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 [0006] The binding tool for the file binder according to claim 1 of the present invention is a binding tool attached to the attachment area of the cover of the file binder, and a pair of left and right binding ring holding parts attached to the cover, On the surface on which the binding ring is formed, straddling between the binding ring formed on the binding ring holding part and the pair of left and right binding ring holding parts so as to protrude in a direction away from the attachment portion of the cover And a pair of left and right binding ring holding portions that are pivotally fixed around a portion where the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are in contact with each other. Has a length extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion, and is arranged on the inner side of the base of the binding ring of the binding ring holding portion so as to urge the binding ring holding portion toward the closing direction of the binding ring. In the vicinity, both ends of the lever are fixed, close to the top surface of the ring holder, and at the height Fixed to the ring holding part, a file binder for binding tool.
この発明の請求項 2にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、付勢部材は、断面半 円弧板状の横架部と、前記横架部の両端より下方向内側に向けて突設された、固定 部とを備え、前記固定部は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔に嵌合されて In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 2 of the present invention, the urging member is provided with a transversal semicircular arc plate-shaped laterally extending portion and projecting inward downward from both ends of the horizontally extending portion. A fixing portion, and the fixing portion is fitted into a fixing pore extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion.
、挟み込むように固定される、請求項 1に記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具である。 この発明の請求項 3にかかるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、綴環保持部は、板状でThe file according to claim 1, wherein the file is a binding tool for a binder. In the binding tool for file binder according to claim 3 of the present invention, the binding holder is plate-shaped.
、その幅方向の両端において、その長さ方向に適宜な間隔をおいて綴環が形成され 、その長さ方向の両端において、操作挟みが綴環の突き出る方向に向けて伸びるよ うに突設され、且つ、左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向 にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴 環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴 環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにっき合わされたA binding ring is formed at both ends in the width direction at an appropriate interval in the length direction, and an operation clip is provided at both ends in the length direction so as to extend toward the direction in which the binding ring protrudes. In addition, the pair of left and right ring holders shifts the pair of ring holders in the length direction, and alternately intersects the left and right ring rings between the crossed ring rings. The fixed portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixed pore formed in the ring holding portion, and the pair of ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction, and the left and right ring rings are joined together.
、請求項 1または請求項 2に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 A binding tool for a file binder according to claim 1 or claim 2.
この発明の請求項 4に力かるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、付勢部材は、横架部よ り綴環保持部側に向けて、表紙に取り付けるための取り付け部が形成された、金属 製板パネである、請求項 1な 、し請求項 3の 、ずれかに記載のファイル ·バインダ用 綴じ具である。  The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 4 of the present invention is a metal binder in which the urging member is formed with an attachment portion for attachment to the cover from the horizontal portion toward the binding ring holding portion. The binding tool for a file binder according to any one of claims 1 and 3, which is a panel panel.
この発明の請求項 5にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、前記取り付け部は、幅 方向の中央において、左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部に穿設された取り付け用 貫通孔に嵌挿され、横架部とは反対側の先端近傍において表紙に固定されるように 形成された、請求項 4に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 5 of the present invention, the attachment portion is inserted into an attachment through-hole formed in a matching portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions at the center in the width direction. 5. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 4, wherein the binding tool is configured to be fixed to the cover in the vicinity of the tip opposite to the horizontal portion.
この発明の請求項 6にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、前記取り付け部は、左 右一対の綴環保持部の揺動を許容する高さにおいて、綴環保持部が表紙に取り付 けうるようにするための長さを備えた、請求項 4又は請求項 5のいずれかに記載のファ ィル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 6 of the present invention, the attachment portion can be attached to the cover sheet at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions to swing. 6. A binding tool for a file binder according to claim 4, wherein the file binder is provided with a length for making the adjustment.
この発明の請求項 7にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、前記取り付け部は、横 架部側と表紙側とに開口部を備える中空筒状であり、その貫通孔に挿入された鉅に より、一端の引っ掛力り用頭により横架部を固定するとともに他端の引っ掛力り用頭に より表紙側を固定するように形成された、請求項 4な 、し請求項 6の 、ずれかに記載 のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 7 of the present invention, the attachment portion has a hollow cylindrical shape having openings on the horizontal portion side and the cover side, and by a collar inserted into the through hole. Further, the horizontal portion is fixed by the head for catching force at one end, and the cover side is fixed by the head for catching force at the other end. It is a binding tool for the file binder described in any one of the above.
この発明の請求項 8にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、綴環保持部、綴環及 び付勢部材は、前記一方の綴環保持部に突設された綴環と他方の綴環保持部に突 設された綴環を開いた状態において、開いた左右の綴環の間から、付勢部材の固定 部が並列された状態の綴環保持部の固定細溝に固定させることをできるように構成さ れた、請求項 1ないし請求項 3に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。  The file according to claim 8 of the present invention includes a binding device for a binder, a binding ring holding portion, a binding ring, and a biasing member that are protruded from the one binding ring holding portion and the other binding ring holding In a state in which the binding ring protruding from the portion is opened, it can be fixed in the fixed narrow groove of the binding ring holding portion in a state where the fixing portions of the biasing members are arranged in parallel from between the opened left and right binding rings. The file binder binding tool according to claim 1, wherein the file binder binder is configured as described above.
この発明の請求項 9に力かるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、前記左右一対の綴環 保持部は、綴環を開閉するときにおいて左右一対の綴環保持部が当接及び Z又は 近接する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定され、前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長 さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように 、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍においてその両端が固定され、綴環保持 部の綴環の突き出る側の面に近 、高さにお 、て綴環保持部に固定された、請求項 1 に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 The binding tool for a file / binder according to claim 9 of the present invention is such that the pair of left and right ring holding parts contacts and Z or closes the pair of left and right ring holding parts when opening and closing the ring. The urging member is fixed to the length of the binding ring holding portion. Both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring holding portion so as to urge the binding ring holding portion toward the closing direction of the binding ring. 2. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 1, wherein the binding tool is fixed to the binding ring holding part at a height close to a surface of the ring holding part on the protruding side of the binding ring.
この発明の請求項 10にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部の合わせ部は、綴環保持部力も綴環が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸が形 成され、且つ一方の綴環保持部力 他方の綴環保持部に向けて支持片が突き出さ れて、前記枢軸を中心にして前記合わせ部を離間させたときに、一方の綴環保持部 の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の表面に当接し左右の綴環の角度を保持するように 形成された、請求項 9に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。  In the file binding device according to claim 10 of the present invention, the binding portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a pivot axis formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding ring holding force also protrudes, and When the support piece protrudes toward the other ring holding portion and separates the mating portion around the pivot, the support piece of one of the ring holding portions is 10. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 9, which is formed so as to abut on the surface of the binding ring holding portion and to hold the left and right binding ring angles.
この発明の請求項 11にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部の合わせ部は、綴環保持部力も綴環が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸が形 成され、且つ前記枢軸を中心にして綴環を開いたときに一方の綴環保持部の合わせ 部と他方の綴環保持部の合わせ部とが突き合わされて左右の綴環保持部の角度を 保持するとともに綴環を開 ヽた状態を保持するように形成された、請求項 9又は請求 項 10に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。  In the binder binding tool according to claim 11 of the present invention, the binding portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a pivot shaft formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding ring holding force protrudes, and the When the ring is opened around the pivot, the mating part of one of the ring ring holding parts and the mating part of the other ring ring holding part are abutted to hold the angle of the left and right ring ring holding parts and the ring ring The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the binding tool is configured to hold the open state.
この発明の請求項 12にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、綴環保持部から綴環が突き出る方向に おいて上側に、枢軸が形成され、且つ、一方の綴環保持部から他方の綴環保持部 に向けて支持片が突き出されて、前記枢軸を中心にして前記合わせ部を離間させた ときに、一方の綴環保持部の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の表面に当接し枢軸が形 成され、且つ左右の合わせ部の角度を保持するように形成され、前記支持片に連続 して少なくとも支持片を収容する凹欠部が形成され、前記枢軸部位においては左右 一対の綴環保持部を合わせるとともに前記枢軸部位を中心にして前記合わせ部を離 間させた状態において左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、一方の綴 環保持部の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の凹欠部に嵌まり込み、左右の綴環を互い 違 ヽに交差させることができるように形成された、請求項 9な 、し請求項 11の 、ずれ かに記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 この発明の請求項 13に力かるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、取り付け部を嵌挿するための取り付け用 貫通孔が穿設され、 In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 12 of the present invention, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the binding ring protrudes from the binding ring holding portion. When the pivot is formed on the upper side and the support piece protrudes from the one ring holding part toward the other ring holding part, the mating part is separated from the pivot. The support piece of one of the ring holding parts is in contact with the surface of the other ring holding part so as to form a pivot and to hold the angle of the left and right mating parts, and is continuous with the support piece. A recessed portion is formed to accommodate the support piece, and the pair of left and right binding rings are aligned at the pivot portion, and the pair of left and right binding rings are held with the alignment portion separated from the pivot portion. Shift the part in the length direction, The support piece of the holding portion is formed so that the left and right binding rings can intersect with each other in a recessed manner on the other ring holding portion. The binder for the file binder described in any of the above. In the binding device for a file / binder according to claim 13 of the present invention, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and is attached to the attachment portion for inserting the attachment portion. A hole is drilled,
前記取り付け用貫通孔は、取り付け部の正規の取り付け位置に形成されるとともに 正規の取り付け位置力 連続して少なくとも取り付け部を収容するための組み立て用 貫通孔が形成され、取り付け部が組立て用貫通孔に嵌まり込み、前記枢軸部位にお いては左右一対の綴環保持部を合わせるとともに前記枢軸部を中心にして前記合わ せ部を離間させた状態において左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、 左右の綴環を互 、違いに交差させることができるように形成された、請求項 9な 、し 請求項 12のいずれかに記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具である。  The mounting through-hole is formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion, and a normal mounting position force is continuously formed. The mounting through-hole for receiving at least the mounting portion is formed, and the mounting portion is the through-hole for assembly. The pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with each other at the pivot portion, and the length of the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions in the state where the alignment portions are separated from each other about the pivot portion. The file binder binding tool according to any one of claims 9 and 12, which is formed so that the left and right binding rings can cross each other in a different direction.
この発明の請求項 14にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、前記左右一対の綴環 保持部は、左右一対の綴環保持部が当接する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定さ れ、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、綴環保持部の長さ方向にのびる付勢部材 を固定する固定細孔が形成されるとともに、表紙の高さ方向への移動防止手段が形 成され、前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる 方向に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近 傍においてその両端が前記固定細孔に固定され、綴環保持部の綴環の突き出る側 の面に近い高さにおいて綴環保持部に固定された、請求項 1に記載のファイル 'バイ ンダ用綴じ具である。  In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 14 of the present invention, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are fixed so as to be swingable around a portion where the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions come into contact with each other. A fixed pore is formed to fix the biasing member extending in the height direction and extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion, and means for preventing the cover from moving in the height direction is formed. The biasing member has a length extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion, and the biasing member of the binding ring holding portion is configured to bias the binding ring holding portion toward the closing direction of the binding ring. The both ends thereof are fixed to the fixed pores in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion, and fixed to the binding ring holding portion at a height close to the surface of the binding ring holding portion on the protruding side. File 'Binding tool for binder.
この発明の請求項 15に力かるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、綴環保持部の合わせ部は、一方の綴環 保持部に戻り防止用突起が突設され、他方の綴環保持部に戻り防止用凹欠部が穿 設され、左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部を合わせた状態において摺動可能で、 前記戻り防止用突起が戻り防止用凹欠部に係合されるように形成された、請求項 14 に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。  In the binding device for a file binder according to claim 15 of the present invention, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions have a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the matching portion of the binding ring holding portion is one of the binding ring holding portions. Protrusion for preventing return protrudes from the holding part of the ring ring, and a recessed part for preventing return is formed in the other ring holding part. 15. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 14, wherein the return prevention protrusion is formed to be engaged with the return prevention recess.
この発明の請求項 16にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差さ せて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部 材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の 綴環をつき合わされるように形成され、前記戻り防止用突起は、長さ方向にずらせる ときに他方の綴環保持部の合わせ部に摺接する傾斜面と、左右の綴環をつき合わせ たときに他方の綴環保持部の合わせ部に穿設された戻り防止用凹欠部に係合される 係合面とを備える、請求項 15に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 The file binding device for a binder according to claim 16 of the present invention is such that the pair of left and right binding rings hold the pair of binding rings holding parts in the length direction, and the left and right binding rings cross each other alternately. Between the crossed ring rings, the urging part is fixed to the fixed pore formed in the ring ring holding part. When the fixed portion of the material is fixed, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought into contact with each other, and the return preventing protrusion is shifted in the length direction. Engage with an inclined surface that slides in contact with the mating part of the other ring holding part and a notch for preventing return formed in the mating part of the other ring holding part when the left and right ring rings are brought together. 16. The file binder binding tool according to claim 15, further comprising an engagement surface.
この発明の請求項 17にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、左右一対の綴環保持部は、その合わせ 部から左右一対の幅方向において離れた位置に、綴環保持部の長さ方向にのびる 付勢部材を固定する固定細孔が形成され、左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向 にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴 環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ左右一対 の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにっき合わ された、請求項 14ないし請求項 16のいずれかに記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具 である。  In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 17 of the present invention, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions is a matching portion thereof. Fixed pores for fixing the biasing member extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion are formed at positions separated from each other in the pair of left and right width directions, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction, The right and left binding rings are alternately crossed, and between the crossed binding rings, the fixing portion of the biasing member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding section, and the pair of left and right binding rings is held. 17. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 14, wherein the part is shifted in the length direction and the left and right binding rings are attached to each other.
この発明の請求項 18にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差さ せて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部 材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の 綴環をつき合わせるようにつき合わされるように形成され、前記固定細孔は、付勢部 材の固定部が嵌め込まれた状態において一方の綴環保持部をずらせるために、ず らせる方向とは反対側に延長された、請求項 14ないし請求項 17のいずれかに記載 のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。  In the file binding device for a binder according to claim 18 of the present invention, the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions of the pair of binding rings are shifted in the length direction, and the left and right binding rings are alternately crossed. The fixing portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion between the crossed binding rings, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction, and left and right The fixed pores are formed in such a manner that the one fixing ring holding portion is shifted in a state where the fixing portion of the biasing member is fitted. 18. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 14, wherein the binding tool is extended to the opposite side of the file binder.
この発明の請求項ェ 9に力かるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、左右一対の綴環保持 部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差さ せて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部 材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の 綴環をつき合わせるようにつき合わされるように形成されるとともに、左右の綴環がつ きあわされる位置において付勢部材が移動することを防止するための移動防止手段 が形成された、請求項 14ないし請求項 18のいずれかに記載のファイル 'バインダ用 綴じ具である。 The binding tool for a file / binder according to claim 9 of the present invention is such that the pair of left and right ring holders shifts the pair of ring holders in the length direction, and the left and right ring rings cross each other alternately. Thus, between the intersecting rings, the fixing portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the ring holder, and the pair of ring holders are shifted in the length direction. And a movement preventing means for preventing the biasing member from moving at a position where the left and right binding rings are connected to each other. The file 'binder binding tool according to any one of claims 14 to 18, wherein is formed.
この発明の請求項 20に力かるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、前記付勢部材の移動 防止手段は、左右一対の綴環保持部のうち一方の綴環保持部の固定細孔の終端と 、他方の綴環保持部の固定細孔の終端のうち前記一方の綴環保持部の固定細孔の 終端とは綴環保持部の長さ方向において反対側の終端とによって形成された、請求 項 19に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。  The binding device for a file 'binder according to claim 20 of the present invention is such that the means for preventing movement of the urging member includes a terminal end of a fixed pore of one of the ring holding portions of the pair of left and right ring holding portions, The end of the fixed hole of the other ring holding part is formed by the end of the fixed hole of the one ring holding part opposite to the end in the length direction of the ring holding part. The file binder binding tool according to 19,
この発明の請求項 21にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、前記綴環は、綴環保 持部の間において形成された間隙に向けて、被綴じ物の綴じ代側端縁を間隙に入り 込ませないようにするための案内部が突き出し設けられた、請求項 1に記載のフアイ ル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。  In the file binding device for binder according to claim 21 of the present invention, the binding ring enters the binding margin side edge of the binding object into the gap toward the gap formed between the binding ring holding portions. 2. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 1, wherein a guide portion is provided so as not to protrude.
この発明の請求項 22にかかるファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具は、前記間隙は、前記左 右一対の綴環保持部の間に跨って、綴環の形成された面上において架け渡された 付勢部材との間に形成された、請求項 21に記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具である この発明の請求項 23にかかるファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具は、前記左右一対の綴環 保持部は、綴環を開閉するときにおいて左右一対の綴環保持部が当接及び Z又は 近接する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定され、綴環保持部の綴環の突き出る側の 面に近 、高さにお!、て綴環保持部の間に跨って付勢部材が固定され、前記付勢部 材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向に向けて綴環 保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍においてその両 端が固定された、請求項 21又は 22に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具である。 発明の効果  The binding device for a file 'binder according to claim 22 of the present invention is such that the gap spans between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions and is stretched over the surface on which the binding ring is formed. The file binder binding tool according to claim 21, wherein the file binder binding tool according to claim 23 is formed between the pair of left and right binding rings. When opening and closing the ring, the pair of left and right binding ring holders are fixed so as to be able to swing around the pivot and the Z or adjacent part as a pivot. The urging member is fixed across the binding ring holding part, and the urging member has a length extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding part and is directed in the direction of closing the binding ring. So that the ring holder is energized in the vicinity of the inside of the base of the ring of the ring holder. There is fixed a file binder for binding tool according to claim 21 or 22. The invention's effect
この発明によれば、ファイル 'バインダの表紙の取り付け領域に取り付けられる綴じ 具であって、表紙に取り付けられる左右一対の綴環保持部と、表紙の取り付け部位よ り離れる方向に向けて突き出るように、前記綴環保持部に形成された綴環と、前記左 右一対の綴環保持部の間に跨って、綴環の形成された面上において架け渡された 付勢部材とを含み、前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、左右一対の綴環保持部が当接 する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定され、前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方 向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴 環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍においてその両端が固定され、綴環保持部の 上面に近 、高さにぉ 、て綴環保持部に固定されて 、るので、綴じ具全体の低背化を 図ることができる。そのため、ファイル 'バインダの全体の幅を狭くすることが可能とな る。 According to the present invention, the binding device is attached to the attachment area of the cover of the file 'binder, and protrudes in a direction away from the attachment part of the cover and the pair of left and right binding ring holders attached to the cover. And a biasing member spanned between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions and spanned on a surface where the binding ring is formed, The pair of left and right binding rings is in contact with the pair of right and left binding rings. The biasing member has a length that extends in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion, and biases the binding ring holding portion toward the direction of closing the binding ring. Thus, both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base of the ring ring of the ring holding part, close to the upper surface of the ring holding part, and fixed to the ring holding part at a height. In addition, the overall height of the binding tool can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the overall width of the file 'binder.
請求項 2の発明によれば、付勢部材は、断面半円弧板状の横架部と、前記横架部 の両端より下方向内側に向けて突設された、固定部とを備え、前記固定部は、綴環 保持部の長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔に嵌合されて、挟み込むように固定されるので 、付勢部材を綴環保持部に嵌め込み易ぐ比較的綴じ具の製造を容易に行うことが できる。そして、綴環に閉じられた用箋等をめくるとき、見開いた左右の用箋等をフラ ット〖こして見ることができる。  According to the invention of claim 2, the urging member includes a horizontal section having a semicircular plate shape in cross section, and a fixing section projecting downward from both ends of the horizontal section. Since the fixing part is fitted into a fixing pore extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding part and fixed so as to be sandwiched, it is possible to manufacture a binding tool that is easy to fit the biasing member into the binding ring holding part. It can be done easily. Then, when turning a note or the like closed on the ring, it is possible to see the left and right note and the like that are spread apart.
請求項 3の発明によれば、綴環保持部は、板状で、その幅方向の両端において、 その長さ方向に適宜な間隔をおいて綴環が形成され、その長さ方向の両端において 、操作挟みが綴環の突き出る方向に向けて伸びるように突設され、且つ、左右一対 の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い 違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成された固定細 孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にず らせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにつき合わされているので、製造時、左右の綴 環の間に入れた付勢部材を比較的容易に嵌め込み易ぐ比較的綴じ具の製造を容 易に行うことができる。  According to the invention of claim 3, the binding ring holding portion is plate-shaped, and the binding ring is formed at both ends in the width direction at appropriate intervals in the length direction, and at both ends in the length direction. The pair of left and right binding rings are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are mutually connected. Crossing the difference, between the crossed rings, the fixing part of the urging member is fixed to the fixing hole formed in the ring holding part, and the pair of ring holding parts are arranged in the length direction. Therefore, it is possible to manufacture the binding tool relatively easily by fitting the urging member inserted between the left and right binding rings at the time of manufacture. It can be done easily.
請求項 4の発明によれば、付勢部材は、横架部より綴環保持部側に向けて、表紙 に取り付けるための取り付け部が形成された、金属製板パネであるので、多くの部品 を用いることなぐ綴じ具を表紙に取り付けることができる。  According to the invention of claim 4, since the urging member is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion for attachment to the cover is formed from the horizontal portion toward the binding ring holding portion, many parts are provided. A binding tool can be attached to the cover.
請求項 5の発明によれば、前記取り付け部は、幅方向の中央において、左右一対 の綴環保持部の合わせ部に穿設された取り付け用貫通孔に嵌挿され、横架部とは 反対側の先端近傍にぉ ヽて表紙に固定されるように形成されて ヽるので、綴環保持 部とともに付勢部材を表紙に取り付けることができ、製造工程の省略ィ匕を図ることが できる。 According to the invention of claim 5, the mounting portion is fitted and inserted into a mounting through-hole formed in a matching portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions at the center in the width direction, and is opposite to the horizontal portion. Since it is formed so as to be fixed to the cover in the vicinity of the front end on the side, the urging member can be attached to the cover together with the binding ring holding portion, and the manufacturing process can be omitted. it can.
請求項 6の発明によれば、前記取り付け部は、左右一対の綴環保持部の揺動を許 容する高さにおいて、綴環保持部が表紙に取り付けうるようにするための長さを備え ているので、綴環保持部の最下端が表紙に当たることなぐ綴環保持部を揺動させる ことができる。  According to the invention of claim 6, the mounting portion has a length for allowing the binding ring holding portion to be attached to the cover at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions to swing. Therefore, the binding ring holding portion can be swung so that the lowermost end of the binding ring holding portion does not hit the cover.
請求項 7の発明によれば、前記取り付け部は、横架部側と表紙側とに開口部を備え る中空筒状であり、その貫通孔に挿入された鉅により、一端の引っ掛力り用頭により 横架部を固定するとともに他端の引っ掛力り用頭により表紙側を固定するように形成 されているので、綴じ具を鉅により表紙に比較的簡単に固定することができる。  According to the invention of claim 7, the attachment portion is a hollow cylinder having openings on the horizontal portion side and the cover side, and the hooking force at one end is caused by the flange inserted into the through hole. Since the horizontal portion is fixed by the head and the cover side is fixed by the hook for the other end, the binding tool can be relatively easily fixed to the cover by the hook.
請求項 8の発明によれば、綴環保持部、綴環及び付勢部材は、前記一方の綴環保 持部に突設された綴環と他方の綴環保持部に突設された綴環を開いた状態におい て、開いた左右の綴環の間から、付勢部材の固定部が並列された状態の綴環保持 部の固定細溝に固定させることをできるように構成されているので、製造時、左右の 綴環の間に入れた付勢部材を比較的容易に嵌め込み易ぐ比較的綴じ具の製造を 容易に行うことができる。  According to the invention of claim 8, the binding ring holding portion, the binding ring, and the biasing member include the binding ring protruding from the one binding ring holding portion and the binding ring protruding from the other binding ring holding portion. Since the biasing member fixing portion can be fixed to the fixed narrow groove of the binding ring holding portion in a state where the biasing member is arranged in parallel between the opened left and right binding rings. In the manufacturing process, it is possible to relatively easily manufacture the binding tool, in which the urging member placed between the left and right binding rings is relatively easily fitted.
請求項 9の発明によれば、前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、綴環を開閉するときに おいて左右一対の綴環保持部が当接及び Z又は近接する部位を枢軸として揺動自 在に固定され、前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環 を閉じる方向に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内 側の近傍においてその両端が固定され、綴環保持部の綴環の突き出る側の面に近 V、高さにお 、て綴環保持部に固定されて 、るので、綴じ具全体の低背化を図ること ができる。そのため、ファイル 'バインダの全体の幅を狭くすることが可能となる。 請求項 10の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部は、綴環保持部か ら綴環が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸が形成され、且つ一方の綴環保持部か ら他方の綴環保持部に向けて支持片が突き出されて、前記枢軸を中心にして前記 合わせ部を離開させたときに、一方の綴環保持部の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の 表面に当接し左右の綴環の角度を保持するように形成されているので、綴環を閉じ たときに、安定的に閉じた状態を保持することができる。 請求項 11の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部は、綴環保持部か ら綴環が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸が形成され、且つ前記枢軸を中心にし て綴環を開いたときに一方の綴環保持部の合わせ部と他方の綴環保持部の合わせ 部とが突き合わされて左右の綴環保持部の角度を保持するとともに綴環を開いた状 態を保持するように形成されているので、綴環を開いたときに、安定的に開いた状態 を保持することができる。 According to the ninth aspect of the present invention, the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions swings around the axis where the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions abut and Z or close when pivoting. And the biasing member has a length extending in a length direction of the ring holding part and biases the ring holding part in a direction to close the ring. Both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base part of the ring ring, and are fixed to the ring ring holding part at a height V near the surface on the protruding side of the ring holding part. In addition, the overall height of the binding tool can be reduced. Therefore, it becomes possible to reduce the overall width of the file 'binder. According to the invention of claim 10, the mating portion of the pair of left and right ring holding portions is formed with a pivot on the upper side in the direction in which the ring protrudes from the ring holding portion, and from one of the ring holding portions. When the support piece protrudes toward the other ring holding portion and the mating portion is separated from the pivot, the support piece of the one ring holding portion is the surface of the other ring holding portion. Is formed so as to hold the angle of the left and right binding rings, so that the closed state can be stably maintained when the binding rings are closed. According to the invention of claim 11, the mating portion of the pair of left and right ring holding parts is formed with a pivot on the upper side in the direction in which the ring protrudes from the ring holding part, and the ring is formed around the pivot. When the opening is opened, the mating part of the one ring holding part and the mating part of the other ring holding part are abutted to maintain the angle of the left and right ring holding parts and the state in which the ring is opened. Therefore, when the binding ring is opened, it can be kept in a stable open state.
請求項 12の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる 長さを有し、綴環保持部力も綴環が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸が形成され 、且つ、一方の綴環保持部力も他方の綴環保持部に向けて支持片が突き出されて、 前記枢軸を中心にして前記合わせ部を離開させたときに、一方の綴環保持部の支持 片が他方の綴環保持部の表面に当接し枢軸が形成され、且つ左右の合わせ部の角 度を保持するように形成され、  According to the invention of claim 12, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the pivot holding force is formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes. Further, when the support piece protrudes toward the other ring holding portion and the one holding portion is separated from the pivot, the support piece of the one ring holding portion is supported. Is in contact with the surface of the other ring holding portion to form a pivot, and to hold the angle of the left and right mating portions,
前記支持片に連続して少なくとも支持片を収容する凹欠部が形成され、前記枢軸 部位にぉ 、ては左右一対の綴環保持部を合わせるとともに前記枢軸部位を中心に して前記合わせ部を離開させた状態において左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方 向にずらせ、一方の綴環保持部の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の凹欠部に嵌まり込 み、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させることができるように形成されているので、付 勢部材を綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍においてその両端を固定し、綴環 保持部の綴環の突き出る側の面に近 、高さにお 、て綴環保持部に固定させることが でき、製造時において付勢部材にカを加えない状態で付勢部材を綴環保持部に固 定でき、組み立てが比較的容易である。  A concave portion that accommodates at least the support piece is formed continuously with the support piece, and a pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with the pivot portion, and the alignment portion is formed around the pivot portion. In the separated state, the pair of left and right ring holders are shifted in the length direction, and the support piece of one of the ring holders fits into the recessed portion of the other ring holder. Since the rings are formed so as to be able to cross each other in a staggered manner, both ends of the biasing member are fixed in the vicinity of the inside of the base part of the binding ring holding part, and the binding ring protrudes from the ring holding part. Close to the side surface and at a height, it can be fixed to the binding ring holding part, and the biasing member can be fixed to the binding ring holding part without adding any force to the biasing member during manufacturing. Is relatively easy.
請求項 13の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる 長さを有し、取り付け部を嵌挿するための取り付け用貫通孔が穿設され、  According to the invention of claim 13, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and an attachment through hole for inserting the attachment portion is provided,
前記取り付け用貫通孔は、取り付け部の正規の取り付け位置に形成されるとともに 正規の取り付け位置力 連続して少なくとも取り付け部を収容するための組み立て用 貫通孔が形成され、取り付け部が組立て用貫通孔に嵌まり込み、前記枢軸部位にお いては左右一対の綴環保持部を合わせるとともに前記枢軸部を中心にして前記合わ せ部を離開させた状態において左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、 左右の綴環を互 、違いに交差させることができるように形成されて 、るので、付勢部 材を綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍においてその両端を固定し、綴環保持 部の綴環の突き出る側の面に近 、高さにお 、て綴環保持部に固定させることができ 、製造時において付勢部材にカを加えない状態で付勢部材を綴環保持部に固定で き、表紙への綴じ具の取り付けも容易で、製造が比較的容易である。 The mounting through-hole is formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion, and a normal mounting position force is continuously formed. The mounting through-hole for receiving at least the mounting portion is formed, and the mounting portion is the through-hole for assembly. The pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with each other at the pivot portion, and the length of the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions in the state where the alignment portions are separated from each other with the pivot portion as the center. Shift the direction, Since the left and right binding rings are formed so as to be able to cross each other, the urging member is fixed at both ends in the vicinity of the inside of the binding ring base of the binding ring holding section, and the binding ring is fixed. The holding part can be fixed to the binding ring holding part at a height close to the surface on the side where the binding ring protrudes, and the biasing member is held in the state in which no force is applied to the biasing member during manufacturing. It can be fixed to the cover, and it is easy to attach the binding tool to the cover, making it relatively easy to manufacture.
請求項 14の発明によれば、前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、左右一対の綴環保持 部が当接する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定され、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さ を有し、綴環保持部の長さ方向にのびる付勢部材を固定する固定細孔が形成される とともに、表紙の高さ方向への移動防止手段が形成され、前記付勢部材は、綴環保 持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向に向けて綴環保持部を付勢 するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍においてその両端が固定され、 綴環保持部の上面に近 、高さにお 、て綴環保持部に固定されて 、るので、綴じ具 全体の低背化を図ることができる。そのため、ファイル 'バインダの全体の幅を狭くす ることが可能となる。  According to the invention of claim 14, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions is fixed so as to be swingable around a portion where the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions abuts, and has a length extending in the height direction of the cover. A fixed pore for fixing the biasing member extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion and a movement preventing means in the height direction of the cover is formed. It has a length extending in the length direction of the holding portion, and both ends thereof are located in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring holding portion so as to bias the binding ring holding portion toward the closing direction of the binding ring. Since it is fixed and close to the upper surface of the binding ring holding part and is fixed to the binding ring holding part at a height, the overall height of the binding tool can be reduced. Therefore, it becomes possible to reduce the overall width of the file 'binder.
請求項 15の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる 長さを有し、綴環保持部の合わせ部は、一方の綴環保持部に戻り防止用突起が突 設され、他方の綴環保持部に戻り防止用凹欠部が穿設され、左右一対の綴環保持 部の合わせ部を合わせた状態において摺動可能で、前記戻り防止用突起が戻り防 止用凹欠部に係合されるように形成されているので、左右一対の綴環保持部は、組 み立てられた後、表紙の高さ方向に移動することができず、左右一対の綴環保持部 が相互の位置をずれることがな!、。  According to the invention of claim 15, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the mating portion of the binding ring holding portion is used for preventing return to one binding ring holding portion. A protrusion is provided, and a recess for preventing return is formed in the other ring holding part. The protrusion is slidable in a state where the matching parts of the pair of left and right ring holding parts are combined. Since it is formed so as to be engaged with the return-preventing recess, the pair of left and right binding ring holders cannot be moved in the height direction of the cover after being assembled. The pair of ring holders cannot be displaced from each other!
請求項 16の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその 長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間にお いて、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ 一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わされるように形 成され、前記戻り防止用突起は、長さ方向にずらせるときに他方の綴環保持部の合 わせ部に摺接する傾斜面と、左右の綴環をつき合わせたときに他方の綴環保持部の 合わせ部に穿設された戻り防止用凹欠部に係合される係合面とを備えるので、左右 一対の綴環保持部は、その長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて 、付勢部材にカを加えることなく綴環保持部の固定細孔に固定でき、その後左右一 対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせて組み立てた後、表紙の高さ方向に移動 することができず、左右一対の綴環保持部が相互の位置をずれることがな!、。 According to the invention of claim 16, the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are shifted in the length direction of the pair of binding rings holding portions, and the left and right binding rings are alternately intersected, In this case, the fixing portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought into contact with each other. The anti-return protrusion is formed when the right and left ring rings are brought into contact with the inclined surface that slides in contact with the mating part of the other ring holding part when displaced in the length direction. And an engagement surface that is engaged with a return-preventing recess formed in the mating portion of the binding ring holding portion. The pair of ring holders can be fixed in the fixed pores of the ring holder without shifting the biasing member by shifting the length of the pair of ring holders in the length direction and alternately crossing the right and left rings. After assembling the pair of ring holders in the length direction, the pair of ring holders cannot move in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of right and left ring holders cannot be displaced from each other!
請求項 17の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる 長さを有し、左右一対の綴環保持部は、その合わせ部から左右一対の幅方向にお いて離れた位置に、綴環保持部の長さ方向にのびる付勢部材を固定する固定細孔 が形成され、左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違 いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔 に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向に ずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにつき合わされているので、左右一対の綴環 保持部は、その長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて、付勢部材 に力を加えることなく綴環保持部の固定細孔に固定でき、その後左右一対の綴環保 持部をその長さ方向にずらせて組み立てた後、表紙の高さ方向に移動することがで きず、左右一対の綴環保持部が相互の位置をずれることがな 、。  According to the invention of claim 17, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions extends from the mating portion in the pair of left and right width directions. A fixed pore for fixing the biasing member extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion is formed at a remote position, and the pair of left and right ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right ring rings are The fixing portions of the urging member are fixed to the fixing pores formed in the binding ring holding portion between the crossed binding rings, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are attached to the fixing ring. Since the left and right binding rings are aligned with each other by shifting in the length direction, the pair of left and right binding rings are shifted in the length direction, and the left and right binding rings are alternately intersected to form a biasing member. Can be fixed to the fixed hole of the ring holder without applying force to the ring, and then a pair of left and right rings are held After the assembly to be shifted in the longitudinal direction, scratches can move in the height direction of the cover, a pair of left and right binding ring holding part it may deviate the position of the cross.
請求項 18の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその 長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間にお いて、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ 一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにっき 合わされるように形成され、前記固定細孔は、付勢部材の固定部が嵌め込まれた状 態において一方の綴環保持部をずらせるために、ずらせる方向とは反対側に延長さ れているので、左右一対の綴環保持部は、その長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互 い違いに交差させて、付勢部材にカを加えることなく綴環保持部の固定細孔に固定 でき、その後左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせて組み立てた後、表紙 の高さ方向に移動することができず、左右一対の綴環保持部が相互の位置をずれる ことがない。  According to the invention of claim 18, the pair of left and right ring holding parts is configured by shifting the pair of ring holding parts in the length direction and alternately intersecting the left and right ring rings. In this case, the fixing portion of the biasing member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought into contact with each other. The fixed pores are extended in the direction opposite to the shifting direction in order to shift one of the ring holding portions in a state where the fixing portion of the biasing member is fitted. Therefore, the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are shifted in the length direction, the left and right binding rings are crossed alternately, and the fixed pores of the binding ring holding portions are not added to the biasing member. After that, after assembling the pair of left and right binding ring holders in the length direction, Can not move in the height direction, a pair of right and left binding ring holding portion does not deviate the position of the other.
請求項 19の発明によれば、左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその 長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間にお いて、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ 一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにっき 合わされるように形成されるとともに、左右の綴環がつきあわされる位置において付 勢部材が移動することを防止するための移動防止手段が形成されているので、左右 一対の綴環保持部は、組み立てられた後、表紙の高さ方向に移動することができず 、左右一対の綴環保持部が相互の位置をずれることがな 、。 According to the invention of claim 19, the pair of left and right ring holding parts is configured by shifting the pair of ring holding parts in the length direction and alternately intersecting the left and right ring rings. In The fixing portion of the biasing member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the right and left binding rings are brought into contact with each other. And the movement preventing means for preventing the biasing member from moving at the position where the left and right ring rings are attached to each other. After that, it cannot move in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding rings cannot be displaced from each other.
請求項 20の発明によれば、前記付勢部材の移動防止手段は、左右一対の綴環保 持部のうち一方の綴環保持部の固定細孔の終端と、他方の綴環保持部の固定細孔 の終端のうち前記一方の綴環保持部の固定細孔の終端とは綴環保持部の長さ方向 において反対側の終端とによって形成されているので、左右一対の綴環保持部は、 組み立てられた後、表紙の高さ方向に移動することができず、左右一対の綴環保持 部が相互の位置をずれることがな!、。  According to the invention of claim 20, the means for preventing movement of the urging member includes the terminal end of the fixed pore of one of the pair of left and right ring holding parts and the fixing of the other ring holding part. Since the end of the fixed hole of the one ring holding part of the pores is formed by the terminal on the opposite side in the length direction of the ring holding part, the pair of left and right ring holding parts is After being assembled, it cannot move in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding ring holders cannot be displaced from each other!
請求項 21の発明によれば、前記綴環は、綴環保持部の間において形成された間 隙に向けて、被綴じ物の綴じ代側端縁を間隙に入り込ませないようにするための案 内部が突き出し設けられているので、比較的組み立てが容易で綴じ具全体の低背化 を図ることができ、被綴じ物の開閉を円滑に行うことができる綴じ具を提供することが できる。  According to the invention of claim 21, the binding ring is configured to prevent the binding margin side edge of the binding object from entering the gap toward the gap formed between the binding ring holding portions. Since the interior is protruded, it is possible to provide a binding tool that is relatively easy to assemble, can reduce the overall height of the binding tool, and can smoothly open and close the objects to be bound.
請求項 22の発明によれば、前記間隙は、前記左右一対の綴環保持部の間に跨つ て、綴環の形成された面上において架け渡された付勢部材との間に形成されている ので、綴じられた被綴じ物が案内部に誘導されて、隙間に入り込むことがない。 請求項 23の発明によれば、前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、綴環を開閉するときに おいて左右一対の綴環保持部が当接及び Z又は近接する部位を枢軸として揺動自 在に固定され、綴環保持部の綴環の突き出る側の面に近い高さにおいて綴環保持 部の間に跨って付勢部材が固定され、前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に 伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保 持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍においてその両端が固定されているので、綴じられ た被綴じ物が案内部に誘導されて、隙間に入り込むことがない。  According to the invention of claim 22, the gap is formed between the urging member spanned on the surface on which the binding ring is formed, straddling between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions. Therefore, the bound object is not guided to the guide portion and enters the gap. According to the invention of claim 23, the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions swings around the portion where the pair of left and right binding rings contact and Z or close when pivoting. The biasing member is fixed between the binding ring holding portions at a height close to the surface on the side where the binding ring protrudes, and the biasing member is a length of the binding ring holding portion. Both ends are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base of the binding ring holding portion so as to bias the binding ring holding portion toward the direction of closing the binding ring. Therefore, the bound object is not guided to the guide portion and enters the gap.
この発明の上述の目的、その他の目的、特徴及び利点は、図面を参照して行う以 下の発明を実施するための最良の形態の説明力 一層明らかとなろう。 The above object, other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The power of explanation of the best mode for carrying out the invention below will become more apparent.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief Description of Drawings
圆 1]この発明が適用される第 1の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一例を 示す斜視図である。 圆 1] A perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a first embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
圆 2]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す斜視図である。 2] FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state where a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed.
圆 3]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分底面図解図である。 圆 4]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 圆 5]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 6] (A)は、図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す図 4A— A断面図解図 であり、 (B)は被綴じ物の開閉状態を示す断面図解図である。 圆 3] It is a partial bottom schematic view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed.圆 4] It is a partial plan view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed. [5] FIG. 5 is a partial front schematic view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed.圆 6] (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 4A-A showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is closed, and (B) is a cross-sectional view showing the open / closed state of the object to be bound. .
圆 7]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 [7] FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing a state in which a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is opened.
圆 8]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 [8] FIG. 8 is a perspective view showing a state in which a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is opened.
圆 9]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 10]図 1に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す図 4A— A断面図解図である 9] FIG. 9 is a partial front schematic view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is opened.圆 10] FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view of FIG.
[図 11]図 1に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is assembled.
圆 12]図 1に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 [12] FIG. 12 is a partial front view showing the assembled state of the binding tool shown in FIG.
圆 13]図 1に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 圆 13] FIG. 13 is a partial plan view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 1 is assembled.
圆 14]この発明が適用される第 2の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一例 を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a second embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
圆 15]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す斜視図である。 [15] FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is closed.
圆 16]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分底面図解図である。 圆 17]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 圆 18]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 19]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分断面(図 17A—A)図 解図である。 圆 16] It is a partial bottom view solution figure which shows the state which closed the ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG.圆 17] It is a fragmentary plan view showing a state where the ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is closed.圆 18] It is a partial front view solution figure which shows the state which closed the ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG.圆 19] FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17A-A) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 14 is closed.
[図 20] (A)は、図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す要部の断面図解図 であり、 (B)は被綴じ物の開閉状態を示す断面図解図である。 圆 21]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分断面(図 17C— C)図 解図である。 20 (A) is a cross-sectional schematic view of the main part showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is closed, and (B) is a cross-sectional schematic view showing the open / closed state of the object to be bound. . 圆 21] FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17C-C) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 14 is closed.
圆 22]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 圆 22] FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
圆 23]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 圆 23] FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
圆 24]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 25]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す要部の断面図解図である。 圆 26]図 14に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分断面図解図である。 圆 27]図 14に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図である。 圆 24] It is a partial front view solution figure which shows the state which opened the ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG.圆 25] FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of a main part showing a state where a ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.圆 26] It is a fragmentary sectional view showing a state in which the ring part of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.圆 27] FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
圆 28]図 14に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図である。 圆 28] FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
圆 29]図 14に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す平面図解図である。 圆 29] FIG. 15 is a schematic plan view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
圆 30]図 14に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 30] It is a partial front view solution figure which shows the state which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
圆 31]図 14に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 圆 31] FIG. 15 is a partial plan view illustrating a state in which the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 14 is assembled.
圆 32]図 14に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す図解図である。 圆 32] FIG. 15 is an illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
[図 33]図 14に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す一部を切り抜き拡大した平面図 解図である。  FIG. 33 is an illustrative plan view showing a partially cut out and enlarged view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is assembled.
圆 34]図 14に示す綴じ具の変形例たる綴じ具の平面図解図である。 圆 34] FIG. 15 is an illustrative plan view of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG.
圆 35]図 14に示す綴じ具の変形例たる綴じ具の底面図解図である。 圆 35] It is a bottom view solution view of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG.
圆 36]図 14に示す綴じ具の変形例たる綴じ具の付勢部材の斜視図解図である。 圆 37]図 14に示す綴じ具の変形例たる綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す要部の 断面図解図である。 FIG. 36] A perspective view of a biasing member of the binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. [FIG. 37] FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of a main part showing a state in which a ring portion of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is closed.
圆 38]図 14に示す綴じ具の変形例たる綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す要部の 断面図解図である。 圆 38] FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of a main part showing a state in which a ring portion of a binding tool as a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 14 is opened.
圆 39]被綴じ物の開閉状態を示す断面図解図である。 [39] FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view showing the open / closed state of the object to be bound.
圆 40]この発明が適用される第 3の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一例 を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 40] A perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a third embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
圆 41]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す斜視図である。 圆 41] FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing a state where a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed.
圆 42]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分底面図解図である。 圆 43]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 圆 44]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 45]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分断面図解図である。 圆 46]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 圆 42] FIG. 41 is a partial bottom view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 40 is closed.圆 43] FIG. 43 is a partial plan view showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed. 圆 44] FIG. 41 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed.圆 45] FIG. 41 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is closed.圆 46] FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing a state where a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is opened.
圆 47]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 47] A perspective view showing a state in which a ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is opened.
圆 48]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分正面図解図である 圆 49]図 40に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分断面図解図である。 FIG. 48 is a partial front view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 40 is opened. FIG. 49 is a partial cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG.
[図 50]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図である。  50 is a perspective view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
圆 51]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 51] FIG. 41 is a partial front view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
圆 52]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 圆 52] FIG. 41 is a partial plan view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
圆 53]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 53] FIG. 41 is a partial front view solution view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
圆 54]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 54] FIG. 41 is a partial front view solution view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
[図 55]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。  FIG. 55 is a partial front view illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
[図 56]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。  FIG. 56 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
圆 57]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 圆 57] FIG. 41 is a partial front view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
[図 58]図 40に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。  FIG. 58 is a partial front view illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 40 is assembled.
圆 59]この発明が適用される第 4の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一例 を示す斜視図である。 [59] FIG. 59 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a fourth embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
圆 60]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す斜視図である。 60] FIG. 60 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is closed.
圆 61]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分底面図解図である 圆 62]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 圆 63]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分正面図解図であ る。 圆 64]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分断面(図 17A—A)図 解図である。 FIG. 61 is a partial bottom view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed. FIG. 62 is a partial plan view illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed.圆 63] FIG. 60 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is closed. [64] FIG. 60 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17A-A) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed.
圆 65]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分断面(図 17B— B)図 解図である。 [65] FIG. 60 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIG. 17B-B) illustrating a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 59 is closed.
圆 66]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す部分断面(図 17C— C)図 解図である。 [66] FIG. 60 is a partial cross-sectional view (FIGS. 17C-C) showing a state where the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is closed.
圆 67]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 [図 68]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。 [67] FIG. 67 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened. FIG. 68 is a perspective view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened.
[図 69]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 FIG. 69 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened.
[図 70]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分断面図解図である [図 71]図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分断面図解図である。 70 is a partial cross sectional view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened. FIG. 71 is a partial cross sectional view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened. .
[図 72]図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図である。 72 is a perspective view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled. FIG.
[図 73]図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 73 is a perspective view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
[図 74]図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す平面図解図である。 FIG. 74 is an illustrative plan view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled;
[図 75]図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分正面図解図である。 75 is a partial front illustrative view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled. FIG.
[図 76]図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す部分平面図解図である。 FIG. 76 is a partial plan view illustrative view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
[図 77]図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す図解図である。 FIG. 77 is an illustrative view showing a state where the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
[図 78]図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す一部を切り抜き拡大した平面図 解図である。 FIG. 78 is an illustrative plan view showing a partially cut out and enlarged view showing a state in which the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is assembled.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
10、 110 リングフアイノレ  10, 110 Ring Huinore
12、 112 表紙  12, 112 Cover
12aゝ 112a 背表紙  12a ゝ 112a spine
12b、 112b 表表紙  12b, 112b Front cover
12cゝ 112c 裏表紙  12c ゝ 112c Back cover
20、 120 綴じ具  20, 120 binding tools
22a, 122a 第 1綴環部材  22a, 122a First ring member
22b、 122b 第 2綴環部材  22b, 122b 2nd ring member
24a, 24b、 124a, 124b 綴環保持部  24a, 24b, 124a, 124b
26a, 26b、 126a, 126b ヒンジ部  26a, 26b, 126a, 126b Hinge
28a, 28b、 128a, 128b 支持片  28a, 28b, 128a, 128b Support piece
29a, 29b、 129a, 129b 凹欠部  29a, 29b, 129a, 129b
30al、 30a2、 30bl、 30b2、 130al、 130a2、 130bl、 130b2 操作摘み 32a, 32b、 132a, 132b 合わせ部  30al, 30a2, 30bl, 30b2, 130al, 130a2, 130bl, 130b2 Operation knob 32a, 32b, 132a, 132b
136al、 136a2、 136bl 固定細孔の終端 36a, 36b、 136a, 136b 固定細孔 136al, 136a2, 136bl Fixed pore ends 36a, 36b, 136a, 136b Fixed pore
38a, 38b、 138a, 138b 取り付け用貫通孔 38a, 38b, 138a, 138b Mounting through hole
138bl 組み立て用貫通孔138bl Assembly through hole
0a,墨、 140a, 140b 綴環 0a, ink, 140a, 140b
0a 1 , 40b 1 , 140al、 140bl 最上端綴環 0a2、暴2、 140a2、 140b2 最下端綴環 0a3、 140a3 左側の案内綴環 0a 1, 40b 1, 140al, 140bl Uppermost ring 0a2, Tang 2, 140a2, 140b2 Lowermost ring 0a3, 140a3 Left guide ring
0b3、 140b3 右側の案内綴環 0b3, 140b3 Guide ring on the right
2a, 42b、 142a, 142b 穴 2a, 42b, 142a, 142b hole
4a, 44b、 144a, 144b 突起 4a, 44b, 144a, 144b Protrusion
6、 146 左側の案内部 6, 146 Left guide
6a、 146a 左側開き用案内面 6a, 146a Left-side opening guide surface
6b、 146b 左側閉じ用案内面 6b, 146b Left side guide for closing
6c、 146c 左側案内先端部 6c, 146c Left guide tip
8、 148 右側の案内部 8, 148 Guide on the right
8a、 148a 右側開き用案内面 8a, 148a Right-side opening guide surface
8b、 148b 右側閉じ用案内面 8b, 148b Right side closing guide surface
8c, 148c 右側案内先端部 8c, 148c Right guide tip
0、 150 付勢咅附 0, 150
2、 152 横架部 2, 152 Horizontal section
2a, 52b、 52c, 152a, 152b, 152c 貫通孔 4a、 54b、 154a, 154b 固定部 2a, 52b, 52c, 152a, 152b, 152c Through hole 4a, 54b, 154a, 154b Fixed part
6、 156 取り付け部 6, 156 Mounting area
6a, 56b, 156a, 156b 開口部 6a, 56b, 156a, 156b opening
6c, 156c 筒状本体 6c, 156c Tubular body
6d、 156d 上側のつば部 6d, 156d Upper collar
6e、 156e 下側のつば部 6e, 156e Lower collar
8a, 58b、 158a, 158b 間隙 60、 160 鉅 8a, 58b, 158a, 158b gap 60, 160 鉅
62a, 162a 頭  62a, 162a head
170 戻り防止用突起  170 Protrusion for preventing return
170a, 172a, 174a 傾斜面  170a, 172a, 174a inclined surface
170b, 172b, 174b 係合面  170b, 172b, 174b engagement surface
172 戻り防止用凹欠部  172 Recessed notch
174 組み立て用凹欠部  174 Recessed part for assembly
176 移動防止手段  176 Movement prevention means
S 被綴じ物  S
S1 綴じ代側端縁  S1 Binding margin side edge
S2 綴じ孔  S2 binding hole
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0011] 図 1はこの発明が適用される第 1の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一 例を示す斜視図であり、図 2、図 3、図 4、図 5及び図 6は、そのリングファイルに用いら れる綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す斜視図、部分底面図解図、部分平面図解 図、部分正面図解図及び図 4A— A断面図解図であり、図 7、図 8、図 9及び図 10は 、その綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図、斜視図、部分正面図解図及び 図 4A— A断面図解図であり、図 11、図 12及び図 13はその綴じ具の組み立てる状 態を示す斜視図、部分正面図解図及び部分平面図解図である。  FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a first embodiment to which the present invention is applied. FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 4, FIG. FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing a closed state of a ring portion of a binding tool used in the ring file, a partial bottom view, a partial plan view, a partial front view and FIG. 8, 9, and 10 are a perspective view, a perspective view, a partial front view solution view, and a sectional view view of FIG. 4A-A showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool is opened, FIG. 11, FIG. 12, and FIG. FIG. 13 is a perspective view, a partial front view and a partial plan view showing a state in which the binding tool is assembled.
[0012] 第 1の実施の形態の図 1に示すリングファイル 10は、たとえばポリプロピレンなどの 合成樹脂やたとえば厚紙などの紙力もなる表紙 12を含む。表紙 12は、帯状の背表 紙 12aを含み、背表紙 12aの幅方向における両端部には、表表紙 12b及び裏表紙 1 2cが形成される。この表紙 12の背表紙 12aの内面には、たとえば主として、 ABSな どの合成樹脂からなる綴じ具 20が取り付けられる。  A ring file 10 shown in FIG. 1 of the first embodiment includes a synthetic resin such as polypropylene, for example, and a cover 12 having a paper strength such as cardboard. The front cover 12 includes a belt-like back cover 12a, and a front cover 12b and a back cover 12c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 12a. On the inner surface of the back cover 12a of the cover 12, for example, a binding tool 20 made mainly of synthetic resin such as ABS is attached.
[0013] 綴じ具 20は、図 2ないし 6に示すように、表紙 12の取り付け領域たる背表紙 12aの 内面に対応する形状を備えた左右一対の第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22b が揺動可能に連結される。  As shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, the binding tool 20 includes a pair of left and right first and second binding members 22a and 22a having a shape corresponding to the inner surface of the spine 12a as an attachment region of the cover 12. 22b is pivotably connected.
[0014] 一方の第 1綴環部材 22aは、表紙 12に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保持部 24aを 含む。綴環保持部 24aは、表紙 12の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を有し、幅方向に おける一端部が、ヒンジ部 26aを介して、回動可能に第 2綴環部材 22bと突き合わさ れる。 One of the first binding members 22a includes a strip-shaped binding ring holding portion 24a attached to the cover 12. Including. The binding ring holding portion 24a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12, and one end portion in the width direction is rotatable with the second binding member 22b via the hinge portion 26a. Faced.
同様に、他方の第 2綴環部材 22bも、表紙 12に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保持 部 24bを含み、綴環保持部 24bは、表紙 12の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を有し、 幅方向における一端部力 ヒンジ部 26bを介して、回動可能に第 1綴環部材 22aと突 さ合わされる。  Similarly, the other second binding member 22b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 24b attached to the cover 12, and the binding holder 24b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12. And having one end portion force in the width direction, which is pivotably brought into contact with the first binding ring member 22a via the hinge portion 26b.
ここに、表紙の高さ方向とは、図 7図示矢印 Xの上方向'下方向をいう。  Here, the height direction of the cover means the upward direction and the downward direction of the arrow X shown in FIG.
[0015] 前記左右一対の綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとは、左右一対の綴環保持部 2 4aと綴環保持部 24bとが当接する部位たるヒンジ部 26aとヒンジ部 26bとを枢軸として 揺動自在に固定されている。 [0015] The pair of left and right ring holding parts 24a and the ring holding part 24b are a hinge part 26a and a hinge part 26b, which are parts where the pair of left and right ring holding parts 24a and 24b come into contact with each other. Is pivotally fixed around the axis.
綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとが合わされる合わせ部、すなわち、綴環保持 部 24aの合わせ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとは、平面状であり、綴環 保持部 24aの上面と下面及び綴環保持部 24bの上面と下面に略直交するように形 成されている。  The matching portion where the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are combined, that is, the matching portion 32a of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the matching portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24b are planar and hold the binding ring. The upper and lower surfaces of the portion 24a and the upper and lower surfaces of the ring holding portion 24b are formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to each other.
綴環保持部 24aの上面と下面及び綴環保持部 24bの上面と下面とは、綴環 40a及 び綴環 40bが突き出る方向にぉ 、て、上方の面を上面と下方の面を下面と 、う。  The upper surface and the lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the upper surface and the lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 24b are in the direction in which the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b protrude, and the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface. Uh.
[0016] 綴環保持部 24aの幅方向における他端部側 (合わせ部 32a)の内面には、その他 端部から外側に突き出るように、 4つの支持片 28a、 28a, · ·が長手方向に間隔を隔 てて形成される。同様に、綴環保持部 24bの幅方向における他端部側 (合わせ部 32 b)の内面にも、その他端部力も外側に突き出るように、 4つの支持片 28b、 28b、 · · が長手方向に間隔を隔てて形成される。 [0016] Four support pieces 28a, 28a,... Are arranged in the longitudinal direction on the inner surface of the other end side (matching portion 32a) in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a so as to protrude outward from the other end portions. Formed at intervals. Similarly, the four support pieces 28b, 28b,... Are arranged in the longitudinal direction so that the other end force also protrudes outward on the inner surface of the other end side (matching portion 32b) in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 24b. Formed at intervals.
これらの支持片 28a及び支持片 28bは、綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの幅 方向における他端部たる合わせ部 32a及び合わせ部 32bをつき合わせた際に、綴 環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの幅方向における他端部側を枢軸として、綴環 保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bを互いに揺動することができるように支持するため のものであり、図 3及び図 5に示すように、相手側となる綴環保持部 24b及び 24aの幅 方向における他端部の内面側すなわち対向する合わせ部 32a及び合わせ部 32bに 配置される。 The support piece 28a and the support piece 28b are connected to the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b when the fitting part 32a and the fitting part 32b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b, are brought together. This is for supporting the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b so that they can swing with respect to each other about the other end in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b. As shown in FIG. 5, the inner ring side of the other end in the width direction of the binding ring holding portions 24b and 24a on the other side, that is, the opposing mating portions 32a and 32b Be placed.
[0017] 第 1綴環部材 22aは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 30al及び操作摘み 30a2を 有し、第 2綴環部材 22bは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 30bl及び操作摘み 30b 2を有する。  [0017] The first binding ring member 22a has an operation knob 30al and an operation knob 30a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction, and the second binding ring member 22b has an operation knob 30bl and an operation knob 30b 2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction. Have
第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30alと第 2綴環部材 22bの操作摘み 30blとは、そ れぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 30alは、第 1綴環部材 22aより第 2綴環部材 22b に向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操作摘み 30b 1は、第 2綴環部材 22bより第 1綴環部材 22aに向けて斜め上方に突設されている。 第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30a2と第 2綴環部材 22bの操作摘み 30b2とは、そ れぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 30a2は、第 1綴環部材 22aより第 2綴環部材 22b に向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操作摘み 30b 2は、第 2綴環部材 22bより第 1綴環部材 22aに向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方 向にお 、て)に突設されて 、る。  The operation knob 30al is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30al of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30bl of the second ring member 22b intersect each other. 22b is protruded obliquely upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and the operation knob 30b 1 is protruded obliquely upward from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a. Yes. The operation knob 30a2 is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30a2 of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30b2 of the second ring member 22b intersect each other. The operation knob 30b 2 protrudes diagonally upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) toward 22b, and the operation knob 30b 2 is inclined upward (protruding the binding ring) from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a. It is projected in the direction.
第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30alと操作摘み 30a2とは、その上端 (綴環の突き出 る方向において)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成し、第 2綴環部 材 22bの操作摘み 30b 1と操作摘み 30b2とは、その上端 (綴環の突き出る方向にお いて)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成している。  The operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a are formed at their upper ends (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), respectively, by forming inclined surfaces that extend highly outward, and the second binding ring member The operation knob 30b 1 and the operation knob 30b2 of 22b each form an inclined surface that extends higher toward the outside at the upper end (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
[0018] 第 1綴環部材 22aの一方の操作摘み 30alから他方の操作摘み 30a2に至る長さ( すなわち両者の間隔)と、第 2綴環部材 22bの一方の操作摘み 30blから他方の操 作摘み 30b2に至る長さ(すなわち両者の間隔)とは略々同じに構成され、綴環保持 部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの長さ方向(すなわち表紙の高さ方向)において、第 1綴 環部材 22aの操作摘み 30alの下側(表紙の高さ方向において)に第 2綴環部材 22b の操作摘み 30b 1が位置し、第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30a2の下側(表紙の高さ 方向にお 、て)に第 2綴環部材 22bの操作摘み 30b 1が位置するように構成されて!、 る。 [0018] The length from one operation knob 30al of the first ring member 22a to the other operation knob 30a2 (that is, the distance between them) and the operation knob 30bl from one operation ring 30bl to the other The length reaching the knob 30b2 (that is, the distance between the two) is configured to be substantially the same, and the first binding ring in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b (that is, the height direction of the cover). The operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned below the operation knob 30al of the member 22a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a (the height of the cover) In the vertical direction, the operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned!
したがって、第 1綴環部材 22aと第 2綴環部材 22bとは、第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2 綴環部材 22bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の高さ方向にずれて移動することを防止され ている。ここに、表紙の高さ方向とは、図 7図示矢印 Xの上方向 ·下方向をいう。 [0019] 綴環保持部 24aの外側となる上面には、図 2、図 4及び図 11に示すように、たとえ ば 30個の円弧状の綴環 40a、 40a、 · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成され る。同様に、綴環保持部 24bの外側となる上面にも、たとえば 30個の円弧状の綴環 4 0b、 40b、 · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成される。 Therefore, the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b, that is, in the height direction of the cover. ing. Here, the height direction of the cover means the upward / downward direction of the arrow X shown in FIG. [0019] As shown in FIGS. 2, 4, and 11, for example, 30 arc-shaped binding rings 40a, 40a,... It is formed with an interval of. Similarly, for example, 30 arcuate ring rings 40b, 40b,... Are formed on the upper surface which is the outside of the ring holding part 24b at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction.
[0020] 綴環保持部 24aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)で綴環 40aの基部の内側 近傍に綴環保持部 24aの長手方向に伸びる固定細孔 36aが穿設され、綴環保持部 24bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ 、て)で綴環 40bの基部の内側近傍に綴環保 持部 24bの長手方向に伸びる固定細孔 36bが穿設されて 、る。  [0020] A fixed pore 36a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a is formed in the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) near the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 40a. A fixed pore 36b extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring retaining portion 24b is formed in the upper surface of the portion 24b (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 40b.
固定細孔 36aは、綴環保持部 24aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ ヽて)から下方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向かうに従って、内側に入り込む断面 V字型に切 り欠かれてなり、固定細孔 36bは綴環保持部 24bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向にお いて)から下方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向かうに従って、内側に入り込む断 面 V字型に切り欠かれてなる。  The fixed pore 36a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) downward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). The fixed pore 36b is cut into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) to the lower side (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the binding ring holding portion 24b. It will be scraped.
[0021] 前記綴環 40a及び綴環 40bは、左右一対の綴環保持部 24aの固定細孔 36aと綴 環保持部 24bの固定細孔 36bとの間に跨って、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bの形成された 面上において架け渡された付勢部材 50と綴環 40a及び綴環 40bとの間に形成され た左側の間隙 58a及び右側の間隙 58bに向けて、左側の案内部 46及び右側の案 内部 48が突き出し設けられている。左側の案内部 46及び右側の案内部 48は、被綴 じ物 Sが綴じ穴 S2により綴環 40a及び綴環 40bに嵌挿され、被綴じ物 Sを見開いたと きに綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bに近い下部にある被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側 端縁 S 1を間隙 58a及び間隙 58bに入り込ませな ヽようにするために形成されて!ヽる  [0021] The binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b extend between the fixed pore 36a of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and the fixing pore 36b of the binding ring holding portion 24b. The left guide portion 46 and the left gap 58a and the right gap 58b formed between the biasing member 50 and the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b, which are stretched on the surface on which the 40b is formed, The right side of the plan 48 is protruding. The left guide portion 46 and the right guide portion 48 are arranged so that the binding object S is inserted into the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b through the binding hole S2 and when the binding object S is opened, the binding holder 24a and It is formed to prevent the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound at the lower part near the binding ring holding part 24b from entering the gap 58a and the gap 58b!
[0022] 左側の案内部 46は、左側の案内綴環 40a3の先端力も続く内側面に続いて斜面か らなる左側開き用案内面 46aが形成され、且つ、綴環保持部 24aから内側面に続く わん曲面からなる左側閉じ用案内面 46bが形成され、左側開き用案内面 46aと左側 閉じ用案内面 46bとが交差する左側案内先端部 46cが、付勢部材 50の上面より上 方において、付勢部材 50の左端縁と左側の案内綴環 40a3の内側面との間に形成 された左側の間隙 58aを塞ぐような位置まで突き出し形成されている。 [0023] 右側の案内部 48は、右側の案内綴環 40b3の先端力も続く内側面に続いて斜面か らなる右側開き用案内面 48aが形成され、且つ、綴環保持部 24bから内側面に続く わん曲面からなる右側閉じ用案内面 48bが形成され、右側開き用案内面 48aと右側 閉じ用案内面 48bとが交差する右側案内先端部 48cが、付勢部材 50の上面より上 方において、付勢部材 50の右端縁と右側の案内綴環 40b3の内側面との間に形成 された右側の間隙 58bを塞ぐような位置まで突き出し形成されている。 [0022] The left guide portion 46 is formed with a left-side opening guide surface 46a formed of an inclined surface on the inner side surface where the tip force of the left guide binding ring 40a3 continues, and from the binding ring holding portion 24a to the inner side surface. Continuing, a left-side closing guide surface 46b made of a curved surface is formed, and the left-side guide leading edge 46c where the left-side opening guide surface 46a intersects the left-side closing guide surface 46b is above the upper surface of the biasing member 50. The biasing member 50 is formed so as to protrude to a position that closes the left gap 58a formed between the left end edge of the urging member 50 and the inner side surface of the left guide binding ring 40a3. [0023] The right guide 48 has a right-side opening guide surface 48a formed of an inclined surface on the inner side where the tip force of the right guide ring 40b3 continues, and is formed on the inner side from the binding holder 24b. Continuing, a right-side closing guide surface 48b formed of a curved surface is formed, and the right-side guide end 48c intersecting the right-side opening guide surface 48a and the right-side closing guide surface 48b is located above the upper surface of the biasing member 50. The urging member 50 is formed so as to protrude to a position that closes the right gap 58b formed between the right end edge of the urging member 50 and the inner side surface of the right guide binding ring 40b3.
[0024] 左側の案内綴環 40a3は、最上端綴環 40alと最下端綴 140a2との間において、及 び、右側の案内綴環 40b3は、最上端綴環 40blと最下端綴環 40b2との間において 、左右それぞれ適宜な間隔をあけて 4本ずつ形成されて 、る。  [0024] The left guide binding ring 40a3 is between the uppermost end binding ring 40al and the lowermost end binding ring 140a2, and the right guide binding ring 40b3 is the upper end end binding ring 40bl and the lowermost end binding ring 40b2. Between the left and right, four are formed at appropriate intervals.
[0025] これらの綴環 40a及び綴環 40bは、つき合わされた綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持 部 24bのヒンジ部 26a及びヒンジ部 26bにおいて、合わせ部 32aと合わせ部 32bとを 、表紙 12に近づけた際に閉じ、逆に表紙 12から遠ざけた際に開くように形成される。 また、各綴環 40aの先端には、穴 42aと突起 44aとが交互に形成され、各綴環 40b の先端には、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bを閉じた際に穴 42aに嵌り合う突起 44bと突起 4 4aに嵌り合う穴 42bとが交互に形成される。  [0025] The binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are formed by connecting the mating portion 32a and the mating portion 32b in the hinge portion 26a and the hinge portion 26b of the stitched ring holding portion 24a and the ring holding portion 24b. It is formed so that it closes when it is close to, and opens when it is away from cover 12. Further, holes 42a and protrusions 44a are alternately formed at the tips of the respective binding rings 40a, and protrusions that fit into the holes 42a when the binding rings 40a and 40b are closed are formed at the ends of the binding rings 40b. 44b and holes 42b fitting into the protrusions 44a are alternately formed.
なお、これらの突起 44a及び突起 44bのうちの一部のものは他のものより大きく形成 され、大きく形成された突起 44a及び突起 44bに対応する位置の穴 42a及び穴 42b は他の穴 42a及び穴 42bより深く形成される。  Note that some of the protrusions 44a and 44b are formed larger than the others, and the holes 42a and 42b at positions corresponding to the protrusions 44a and 44b formed larger are the other holes 42a and 42b. It is formed deeper than the hole 42b.
[0026] 第 1綴環部材 22aは、綴環保持部 24aと操作摘み 30al及び操作摘み 30a2と綴環 40aとが合成樹脂で一体成形され、第 2綴環部材 22bは、綴環保持部 24bと操作摘 み 30bl及び 30b2と綴環 40bとが合成樹脂で一体成形されている。  [0026] In the first ring member 22a, the ring ring holding part 24a and the operation knob 30al, and the operation knob 30a2 and the ring 40a are integrally formed of synthetic resin, and the second ring member 22b is formed of the ring ring holding part 24b. The operation knobs 30bl and 30b2 and the ring 40b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
[0027] 付勢部材 50は、上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向けて膨らむ断面半円弧 板状の横架部 52と、前記横架部 52の両端より下方向(綴環の突き出る方向におい て)内側に向けて突設された、左右一対の固定部 54a及び 54bとを備え、前記固定 部 54aは、綴環保持部 24aの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 36aに嵌合され、前記固定 部 54bは、綴環保持部 24bの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 36bに嵌合されて、固定細 孔 36aと固定細孔 36bを挟み込むように固定される。  [0027] The urging member 50 includes a cross-sectional semicircular arc plate-like horizontal portion 52 that bulges upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction from both ends of the horizontal portion 52 (direction in which the binding ring protrudes). And a pair of left and right fixing portions 54a and 54b projecting inwardly, and the fixing portion 54a is fitted into a fixing pore 36a extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 24a, The fixing portion 54b is fitted into a fixed pore 36b extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24b, and is fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b.
[0028] 付勢部材 50は、横架部 52より綴環保持部 24a、 24b側に向けて、表紙 12に取り付 けるための取り付け部 56が形成された、金属製板パネである。 [0028] The urging member 50 is attached to the cover 12 from the horizontal portion 52 toward the binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b. This is a metal plate panel in which a mounting portion 56 is formed.
前記取り付け部 56は、幅方向の中央において、左右一対の綴環保持部 24a、 24b の合わせ部 32a、 32bに穿設された取り付け用貫通孔 38a、 38bに嵌挿され、横架部 52とは反対側の先端近傍にぉ ヽて表紙 12に固定されるように形成されて!ヽる。  The mounting portion 56 is inserted into the mounting through holes 38a and 38b formed in the matching portions 32a and 32b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 52 and Is formed to be fixed to the cover 12 near the tip on the opposite side.
[0029] 前記取り付け部 56は、左右一対の綴環保持部 24a、 24bの揺動を許容する高さに おいて、綴環保持部 24a、 24bが表紙 12に取り付けうるようにするための長さを備え ている。 [0029] The attachment portion 56 is a length that allows the binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b to be attached to the cover sheet 12 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b to swing. Is equipped.
前記取り付け部 56は、横架部 52側と表紙 12側とに開口部 56a、 56bを備える中空 筒状本体 56cと、中空筒状本体 56cの上端部 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に全 周囲に亘つてはり出した平面視円形状つば部 56d及びつば部 56eとを備え、取り付 け部 56を横架部 52に穿設された貫通孔 52a、 52b、 52cに取り付けるとき、当初は下 側 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ 、て)のつば部 56eのみがはり出して 、るのに対し、上 側 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ 、て)のつば部 56dは、はり出して 、な 、状態にあった ものを下側 (綴環の突き出る方向において)のつば部 56eより上側の筒状本体 56cの 部分を貫通孔 52a、 52b、 52cに挿入した後に、上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において )より筒状本体 56cの上端部 (綴環の突き出る方向において)がつぶされて、周囲に 向けて張り出し形成されたものである。  The mounting portion 56 has a hollow cylindrical main body 56c having openings 56a and 56b on the horizontal portion 52 side and the cover 12 side, and the entire upper end of the hollow cylindrical main body 56c (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). When the mounting portion 56 is attached to the through-holes 52a, 52b, 52c formed in the horizontal portion 52, the bottom portion 56d and the flange portion 56e are formed in a plan view. Only the collar portion 56e on the side (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) protrudes, whereas the collar portion 56d on the upper side (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) protrudes, After inserting the portion of the cylindrical body 56c above the collar portion 56e on the lower side (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) into the through holes 52a, 52b, 52c, the upper part (the protrusion of the ring ring protrudes) The upper end of the cylindrical body 56c (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is crushed and stretched toward the periphery. Those which are out formed.
そして筒状本体 56cは、その筒状本体 56cの貫通孔に挿入された鉅 60により表紙 12に取り付けられる。すなわち、鉅 60の一端の引っ掛力り用頭 62aにより横架部 52 を固定するとともに他端の引っ掛力り用頭 62bにより表紙側を固定するように形成さ れている。  Then, the cylindrical main body 56c is attached to the cover sheet 12 with a flange 60 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 56c. That is, the horizontal portion 52 is fixed by the hooking force head 62a at one end of the rod 60, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 62b at the other end.
[0030] 付勢部材 50は、その上端 (表紙の高さ方向にぉ 、て)から下端 (表紙の高さ方向に おいて)に至る長さ方向の長さ力 第 1綴環部材 22aの綴環 40aを構成する最上端綴 環 40alと最下端綴環 40a2との間の長さ及び第 2綴環部材 22bの綴環 40bを構成す る最上端綴環 40alと最下端綴環 40b2との間の長さよりわずかに長く形成され、最 上端綴環 40alの内側に最上端綴環 40b 1を、最下端綴環 40b2の内側に最下端綴 環 40a2を位置するように綴環 40aが綴環 40bの間に入り込んだ状態において、操作 摘み 30blと操作摘み 30a2との間の間隔よりわずかに短く形成されている。そのよう な構成としたのは、この綴じ具 20を組み立てるときに、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとの間に 挟んだ付勢部材 50を、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとに形成された固定細孔 3 6aと固定細孔 36bとの間に跨って嵌めこみ、固定できるようにするためである。 [0030] The urging member 50 has a longitudinal force from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover) of the first binding member 22a. The length between the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40a2 constituting the binding ring 40a and the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40b2 constituting the binding ring 40b of the second binding ring member 22b The binding ring 40a is formed so that the uppermost binding ring 40b1 is positioned inside the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40a2 is positioned inside the lowermost binding ring 40b2. In the state of being inserted between the rings 40b, the distance between the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30a2 is slightly shorter. Like that The biasing member 50 sandwiched between the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b is formed in the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b when the binding tool 20 is assembled. This is because the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b are fitted and fixed so as to be fixed.
そして、付勢部材 50を綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bに固定するときは、綴 環 40aと綴環 40bとを上下方向(表紙の高さ方向において)にわずかにずらせ、一方 の綴環 40aが他方の綴環 40bの間に入り込む状態 (互 ヽ違 ヽに交差させた状態)に ぉ 、て、付勢部材 50にテンションがかからな 、状態もしくは付勢部材 50の左右の固 定部 54aと固定部 54bとの間を若干拡げた状態で綴環保持部 24aの固定細孔 36aと 綴環保持部 24bの固定細孔 36bとに嵌合させて、固定細孔 36a及び固定細孔 36b の孔縁において付勢部材 50を綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bに固定する。  When the urging member 50 is fixed to the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are slightly shifted in the vertical direction (in the height direction of the cover), When the binding ring 40a enters between the other binding rings 40b (a state in which the binding rings 40a cross each other), the biasing member 50 is not tensioned, and the right or left side of the biasing member 50 With the gap between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b slightly expanded, the fixed hole 36a of the ring holding part 24a and the fixed hole 36b of the ring holding part 24b are fitted into the fixed hole 36a and The urging member 50 is fixed to the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b at the hole edge of the fixed hole 36b.
[0031] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとを閉じた状態 (安定した状態)にお 、ては、綴環保持部 24a の合わせ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとが接し、綴環 40aの先端と綴環 40bの先端とが当っている。 [0031] In the state where the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are closed (stable state), the alignment portion 32a of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the alignment portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24b are in contact with each other. The tip of ring 40a and the tip of binding ring 40b are in contact.
付勢部材 50は、その幅方向における両先端の固定部 54aと固定部 54bとがやや広 げられて 、るので、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24b及び綴環 40aと綴環 40bを閉 じるように作用している。  Since the urging member 50 has the fixing portions 54a and 54b at both ends slightly widened in the width direction, the binding ring holding portion 24a, the binding ring holding portion 24b, the binding ring 40a, and the binding ring 40b. It works to close the.
付勢部材 50は、綴環保持部 24aと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54a、ヒンジ 部 26a及びヒンジ部 26b、綴環保持部 24bと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54b 力 V字状になるので、接合部たる固定部 54aと接合部たる固定部 54bとの直線距離 がやや短くなり、付勢部材 50の全体がやや広げられ、ばね力がやや働く。  The urging member 50 includes a fixing portion 54a that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, a hinge portion 26a and a hinge portion 26b, and a fixing portion that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. 54b Since the force is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed portion 54a that is the joint and the fixed portion 54b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 50 is slightly expanded, and the spring force is slightly activated.
[0032] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが半開きの状態、すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)にお いては、綴環保持部 24aの合わせ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとは当ら ない。 [0032] When the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are in a half-open state, that is, in a neutral state (unstable state), the alignment part 32a of the binding ring holding part 24a and the matching part 32b of the binding ring holding part 24b It is not.
また、綴環 40aの先端と綴環 40bの先端とも当らない。  Also, neither the tip of the ring 40a nor the tip of the ring 40b hits.
付勢部材 50は、一番広げられているので、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24b及び 綴環 40aと綴環 40bを閉じようとするか開こうとするかというように不安定な思案点の 状態である。  Since the urging member 50 is most widened, it is unstable whether the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b and the ring 40a and the ring 40b are to be closed or opened. It is a state of thought point.
そして、付勢部材 50は、綴環保持部 24aと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54a 、ヒンジ部 26a及びヒンジ部 26b、綴環保持部 24bと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定 部 54bが、一直線状に並んだ状態になるので、接合部たる固定部 54aと接合部たる 固定部 54bとの直線距離が一番長くなる。このとき、付勢部材 50は、一番広げられた 状態となり、ばね力が一番働く。 The urging member 50 includes a fixing portion 54a that is a joint between the binding ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portion 54b, which is the joining portion between the hinge portion 26a and the hinge portion 26b, the ring holding portion 24b, and the biasing member 50, is in a straight line, the fixing portion 54a that is the joining portion is fixed. The straight line distance with the part 54b is the longest. At this time, the urging member 50 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
[0033] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが開いた状態 (安定した状態)においては、綴環保持部 24a の合わせ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとが当接し、綴環 40aの先端と綴 環 40bの先端とは当らない。 [0033] When the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are in an open state (stable state), the matching portion 32a of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the matching portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24b come into contact with each other, and the binding ring 40a The tip of the ring does not touch the tip of the ring 40b.
付勢部材 50は、やや広げられているので、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24b及び 支持片 28aと支持片 28bを開こうと作用している。  Since the urging member 50 is slightly expanded, it acts to open the ring holding part 24a, the ring holding part 24b, the support piece 28a, and the support piece 28b.
しかし、支持片 28aが綴環保持部 24bの下面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に当 り、支持片 28bが綴環保持部 24aの下面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に当ってい るので、それ以上に綴環 40aと綴環 40bとは開かない。  However, since the support piece 28a hits the lower surface (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) of the binding ring holding portion 24b and the support piece 28b hits the lower surface (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), Furthermore, the ring 40a and the ring 40b cannot be opened.
そして、付勢部材 50は、綴環保持部 24aと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54a 、ヒンジ部 26a及びヒンジ部 26b、綴環保持部 24bと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定 部 54bが、山状になるので、接合部たる固定部 54aと接合部たる固定部 54bとの直 線距離がやや短い状態となる。このとき、付勢部材 50は、やや広げられた状態となり 、ばね力がやや働く。  The urging member 50 is a fixed portion 54a which is a joint between the ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, the hinge 26a and the hinge 26b, and a joint between the ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portion 54b has a mountain shape, the straight line distance between the fixing portion 54a serving as the joining portion and the fixing portion 54b serving as the joining portion is slightly short. At this time, the urging member 50 is in a slightly expanded state, and the spring force works slightly.
[0034] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとは、それを開くときには、左右に離れた状態にある操作摘み 3 0a2と操作摘み 30b2又は操作摘み 30alと操作摘み 30blを指で摘んでそれらの間 隔を縮めるように近づければ、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが半開きの状態、すなわち中立 の状態 (不安定な状態)力も綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが開 、た状態 (安定した状態)にな る。  [0034] When the ring 40a and the ring 40b are opened, the operation knob 30a2 and the operation knob 30b2 or the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30bl that are separated from each other are left and right. If the ring 40a and the ring 40b are half-opened, that is, the neutral state (unstable state), the ring 40a and the ring 40b are also open (stable state). become.
開いている綴環 40aと綴環 40bは、それを閉じるときには、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとの 外側面を指で摘んで両方を引き寄せれば、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが半開きの状態、 すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)力も閉じた状態にすることができ、綴環 40aの 先端の穴 42a及び突起 44aと綴環 40bの先端の穴 42b及び突起 44bとが嵌合して安 定した状態となる。  When closing the open ring 40a and the ring 40b, grasp the outer surface of the ring 40a and the ring 40b with your fingers and pull them together, so that the ring 40a and the ring 40b are half open. The state, that is, the neutral (unstable) force, can also be closed, and the hole 42a and the protrusion 44a at the tip of the binding ring 40a and the hole 42b and the protrusion 44b at the tip of the binding ring 40b are fitted together. And become stable.
[0035] 横架部 52と固定部 54aとの接続部の近傍と綴環 40aの基部の近傍との間に間隙 5 8aが形成され、横架部 52と固定部 54bとの接続部の近傍と綴環 40bの基部の近傍 との間に間隙 58bが形成される。 [0035] A gap 5 is formed between the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 52 and the fixing portion 54a and the vicinity of the base portion of the binding ring 40a. 8a is formed, and a gap 58b is formed between the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 52 and the fixing portion 54b and the vicinity of the base portion of the binding ring 40b.
[0036] 左側開き用案内面 46aは、右側の案内綴環 40b3に在るか綴環 40a及び綴環 40b の先端近傍に在る被綴じ物 Sを、左側の案内綴環 40a3及び右側の案内綴環 40b3 のループに綴じ孔 S2を沿わせて左側の案内綴環 40a3に移動させるときに、被綴じ 物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1をその上面 (左側開き用案内面 46aの上面)を滑らせることに より、間隙 58aに入り込まずに、横架部 52の上面に誘導し、横架部 52の上面を滑つ て上昇させ、左側の案内綴環 40a3において被綴じ物 Sを見開いた状態にすることが できるように構成されている。  [0036] The left-side opening guide surface 46a is configured to pass the object S to be bound in the right guide binding ring 40b3 or in the vicinity of the tips of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b to the left guide binding ring 40a3 and the right guide ring 40a. When the binding hole S2 is moved along the loop of the binding ring 40b3 and moved to the left guide binding ring 40a3, the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S is moved to the upper surface (the upper surface of the left opening guide surface 46a). By sliding, it was guided to the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 without entering the gap 58a, slid up the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52, and opened the object S to be bound in the left guide binding ring 40a3. It is configured to be in a state.
右側開き用案内面 48aは、左側の案内綴環 40a3に在る力綴環 40a及び綴環 40b の先端近傍に在る被綴じ物 Sを、左側の案内綴環 40a3及び右側の案内綴環 40b3 のループに綴じ孔 S2を沿わせて右側の案内綴環 40b3に移動させるときに、被綴じ 物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1をその上面 (右側開き用案内面 48aの上面)を滑らせることに より、間隙 58bに入り込まずに、横架部 52の上面に誘導し、横架部 52の上面を滑つ て上昇させ、右側の案内綴環 40b3において被綴じ物 Sを見開いた状態にすることが できるように構成されている。  The right-side opening guide surface 48a is formed by using the left-side guide binding ring 40a3 and the right-side guide binding ring 40b3 as the binding object S near the tips of the left-side guide binding ring 40a3 and the binding ring 40b3. When the binding hole S2 is moved to the right guide binding ring 40b3 along the binding hole S2, the upper edge (the upper surface of the right opening guide surface 48a) of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S is slid. Thus, without entering the gap 58b, it is guided to the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 is slid up so that the object to be bound S is opened in the right guide ring 40b3. It is configured to be able to.
[0037] 左側閉じ用案内面 46bは、左側の案内綴環 40a3に見開いた状態で在る被綴じ物 Sの綴じ孔 S2を左側の案内綴環 40a3及び右側の案内綴環 40b3のループに沿って 右側の案内綴環 40b3に移動させるときに、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1が横架部 52の上面を滑って下降し間隙 58aに入り込んだ場合にも、前記被綴じ物 Sの移動に 従って、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1を誘導して引っ繰り返ることなどにより横架部 5 2の上面に至らしめ、横架部 52の上面を摺動させるように構成されて 、る。  [0037] The left-side closing guide surface 46b extends along the loop of the left-side guide binding ring 40a3 and the right-side guide binding ring 40b3 through the binding hole S2 of the binding object S that is open in the left-side guide binding ring 40a3. Even when the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S slides down on the upper surface of the horizontal part 52 and enters the gap 58a when moving to the right guide binding ring 40b3, the binding object S In accordance with the movement of the object, the binding margin side edge S1 of the object to be bound S is guided and repeated to reach the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 is slid. It has been.
左側閉じ用案内面 46bは、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S 1の返し用案内端面である 右側閉じ用案内面 48bは、右側の案内綴環 40b3に見開いた状態で在る被綴じ物 Sの綴じ孔 S2を右側の案内綴環 40b3及び左側の案内綴環 40a3のループに沿って 左側の案内綴環 40a3に移動させるときに、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1が横架部 52の上面を滑って下降し間隙 58bに入り込んだ場合にも、前記被綴じ物 Sの移動に 従って、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 SIを誘導して引っ繰り返ることなどにより横架部 5 2の上面に至らしめ、横架部 52の上面を摺動させるように構成されて 、る。 The left closing guide surface 46b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound. The right closing guide surface 48b is opened in the right guide binding ring 40b3. When the binding hole S2 of the object S is moved to the left guide binding ring 40a3 along the loop of the right guide binding ring 40b3 and the left guide binding ring 40a3, the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S is laterally moved. Even when the upper surface of the frame 52 slides down and enters the gap 58b, the binding object S is also moved. Therefore, the binding margin side edge SI of the object to be bound S is guided and repeated to reach the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 is slid. The
右側閉じ用案内面 48bは、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S 1の返し用案内端面である  The right closing guide surface 48b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound.
[0038] 而して、被綴じ物 Sを見開き状態にしょうとしたときには、図 6に示すように、被綴じ 物 Sは、綴じ代側端縁 S 1が間隙 58aに入り込むことなぐ左側の案内部 46の左側開 き用案内面 46aの上面を滑り降り、付勢部材 50の上面に至る。 [0038] Thus, when trying to make the object S to be spread apart, as shown in FIG. 6, the object S is guided to the left side so that the binding margin side edge S1 does not enter the gap 58a. Slide down the upper surface of the left-side opening guide surface 46 a of the portion 46 and reach the upper surface of the biasing member 50.
又、被綴じ物 Sを見開き状態力も閉じようとしたとき、又は、反対側 (例えば表表紙 1 2b側力も裏表紙 12c側)に回転して移動させようとしたとき、被綴じ物 Sは、綴じ代側 端縁 S 1が間隙 58aに入り込むことなぐ左側閉じ用案内面 46bから左側案内先端部 46cに至り、左側の案内部 46の上面を滑り昇り、綴じ代側端縁 S1が折れ曲がったり 引っ掛けたりせずに閉じたり移動させたりできる。  In addition, when the object S to be bound is intended to close the spread state force or to rotate and move to the opposite side (for example, the front cover 12b side force is also the back cover 12c side), the binding object S is The binding margin side edge S1 enters the gap 58a from the left closing guide surface 46b to the left guiding tip 46c, slides up the upper surface of the left guiding portion 46, and the binding margin side edge S1 is bent or hooked. It can be closed or moved without doing it.
[0039] 次に、綴じ具 20の組み立て方法について、主として図 11ないし図 13に基づいて説 明する。  Next, a method for assembling the binding tool 20 will be described mainly based on FIGS. 11 to 13.
まず、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとを並行させ、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持 部 24bとを長さ方向にわずかにずらせ、一方の綴環 40aを他方の綴環 40bの間に入 り込む状態 (互い違いに交差させた状態)にし、且つ合わせ部 32aと合わせ部 32bと を突き合わせてヒンジ部 26al及びヒンジ部 26blを形成して、固定細孔 36aと固定細 孔 36bとの間隔を横架部 52の固定部 54aと固定部 54bとの間隔に略々近い長さとす る。  First, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 40a is connected to the other binding ring 40b. And the mating part 32a and the mating part 32b are abutted to form the hinge part 26al and the hinge part 26bl, and the fixed pore 36a and the fixed fine hole 36b. The distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b of the horizontal part 52 is approximately the same as the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b.
そして、横架部 52の固定部 54aを綴環保持部 24aの固定細孔 36aに嵌合させると ともに、横架部 52の固定部 54bを綴環保持部 24bの固定細孔 36bに嵌合させる。 次に、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとを開くとともに、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bをそ の長さ方向にわずかにずらし、最上端綴環 40alと最上端綴環 40bl又は最下端綴 環 40a2と最下端綴環 40b2とをそれぞれの先端が突き合わさる位置まで移動させ、 安定した状態とする。  Then, the fixing portion 54a of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixed pore 36a of the binding ring holding portion 24a, and the fixing portion 54b of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixing pore 36b of the binding ring holding portion 24b. Let Next, the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are opened, and the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction thereof, so that the top end binding ring 40al and the top end binding ring 40bl or The lower end binding ring 40a2 and the lowermost end binding ring 40b2 are moved to a position where their respective tips meet each other to be in a stable state.
このとき、第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bは、操作摘み 30a 1と操作摘み 3 Obiとによって、及び操作摘み 30a2と操作摘み 30b2とによって、第 1綴環部材 22a 及び第 2綴環部材 22bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の高さ方向にずれることはない。 また、取り付け部 56は、綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32a及び 合わせ部 32bに穿設された取り付け用貫通孔 38a及び取り付け用貫通孔 38bに嵌 合されるので、第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の 高さ方向にずれて移動することを防止されて 、る。 At this time, the first ring member 22a and the second ring member 22b are divided into the first ring member 22a by the operation knob 30a 1 and the operation knob 3 Obi, and by the operation knob 30a2 and the operation knob 30b2. And the second binding ring member 22b is not displaced in the length direction, that is, the height direction of the cover. In addition, the attachment portion 56 is fitted into the attachment through hole 38a and the attachment through hole 38b formed in the alignment portion 32a and the alignment portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b. The first and second ring members 22a and 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
以上のような工程を経て、綴じ具 20が組み立てられる。  The binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
[0040] このように、綴じ具 20の第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bは、全体が合成榭 脂で一体的に成形して形成されるため、成形部品の数が少なぐ成形後に組み立て やすぐ製造コストが安価になる。 [0040] As described above, the first binding ring member 22a and the second binding ring member 22b of the binding tool 20 are formed by integrally molding with a synthetic resin, so that the number of molded parts is small. Assembling and immediately manufacturing costs are reduced after molding.
[0041] さらに、この綴じ具 20では、付勢部材 50の両先端部間の間隔を広げると元に戻ろ うとする弾性力が働き、この弾性力を利用するので、たとえば板ばねやコイルばねな どの他の部品が不要であり、この点においても、組み立てやすぐ製造コストが安価 になる。 [0041] Further, in the binding tool 20, an elastic force is exerted so as to return to the original when the distance between both end portions of the urging member 50 is widened. Since this elastic force is used, for example, a leaf spring or a coil spring is used. No other parts are required, which also reduces assembly and immediate manufacturing costs.
[0042] また、この綴じ具 20では、図 8に示すように、操作摘み 30alと操作摘み 30a2又は 操作摘み 30blと操作摘み 30b2を一方向に回動して近づけることによって、綴環 40 a及び綴環 40bを開くことができ、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bにたとえば綴じ孔を有する 紙などを綴じ込んだり、綴じ込んだ綴じ孔を有する紙などを綴環 40a及び綴環 40bか ら取り外したりすることができる。  Further, in this binding tool 20, as shown in FIG. 8, the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 or the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30b2 are rotated in one direction to approach each other, so that the binding rings 40a and 40a and The binding ring 40b can be opened, and, for example, paper having a binding hole is bound into the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b, or paper having a binding hole is removed from the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b. can do.
[0043] なお、上述の例では、綴じ具 20が表紙 12の背表紙 12aに鉅で取り付けられている 力 綴じ具 20は他のものに取り付けられてもよい。また、綴じ具 20を取り付けるため の取付具として、鉅の代わりに、たとえば、ビス、ボルト、ナットなどが用いられもよい。  [0043] In the above-described example, the binding tool 20 is attached to the spine cover 12a of the cover 12 with a scissors. The force binding tool 20 may be attached to another. Further, for example, a screw, a bolt, a nut, or the like may be used as an attachment for attaching the binding tool 20 instead of the collar.
[0044] また、上述の綴じ具 20では、第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bと、綴環保持 部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bと、付勢部材 50とが特定の形状や特定の数で形成され ているが、それらは全体的にあるいは部分的に他の形状や他の数で形成されてもよ い。  [0044] Further, in the above-described binding tool 20, the first binding ring member 22a and the second binding ring member 22b, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, and the biasing member 50 have a specific shape, Although formed with a specific number, they may be formed in other shapes or numbers in whole or in part.
たとえば、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bは、 D形環状に閉じられるように直線状と半円形 状というように異なった形状に形成されてもよい。また、たとえば、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bはそれぞれ 30個以外の個数で形成されてもょ 、。 [0045] 次に、第 2の実施の形態について説明する。 For example, the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b may be formed in different shapes such as a straight line shape and a semicircular shape so as to be closed in a D-shaped ring shape. Also, for example, the ring 40a and the ring 40b may be formed in numbers other than 30 each. [0045] Next, a second embodiment will be described.
図 14はこの発明が適用される第 2の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一 例を示す斜視図であり、図 15、図 16、図 17、図 18及び図 19は、そのリングファイル に用いられる綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す斜視図、部分底面図解図、部分 平面図解図、部分正面図解図及び部分断面図解図であり、図 22、図 23、図 24及び 図 25は、その綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図、斜視図、部分正面図解 図及び要部の断面図解図であり、図 27、図 28、図 29、図 30及び図 31はその綴じ具 の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図、部分正面図解図及び部分平面図解図である。  FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a second embodiment to which the present invention is applied. FIGS. 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19 show the ring file binding tool. FIG. 22, FIG. 23, FIG. 24, and FIG. 25 is a perspective view, a perspective view, a partial front view and a cross-sectional view of the main part showing a state in which the ring part of the binding tool is opened. FIG. 27, FIG. 28, FIG. 29, FIG. It is the perspective view which shows the state which the binding tool assembles, a partial front view solution figure, and a partial top view solution figure.
[0046] 第 2の実施の形態の図 14に示すリングファイル 110は、たとえばポリプロピレンなど の合成樹脂やたとえば厚紙などの紙力もなる表紙 112を含む。表紙 112は、帯状の 背表紙 112aを含み、背表紙 112aの幅方向における両端部には、表表紙 112b及び 裏表紙 112cが形成される。この表紙 112の背表紙 112aの内面には、たとえば主と して、 ABSなどの合成樹脂からなる綴じ具 120が取り付けられる。  A ring file 110 shown in FIG. 14 of the second embodiment includes a synthetic resin such as polypropylene, for example, and a cover 112 having a paper strength such as cardboard. The front cover 112 includes a belt-like back cover 112a, and a front cover 112b and a back cover 112c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 112a. A binding tool 120 made of synthetic resin such as ABS is mainly attached to the inner surface of the back cover 112a of the cover 112, for example.
[0047] 綴じ具 120は、図 15ないし図 21に示すように、表紙 112の取り付け領域たる背表 紙 112aの内面に対応する形状を備えた左右一対の第 1綴環部材 122a及び第 2綴 環部材 122bが揺動可能に連結される。  As shown in FIGS. 15 to 21, the binding tool 120 includes a pair of left and right first binding ring members 122a and second bindings each having a shape corresponding to the inner surface of the back cover 112a, which is a mounting region of the cover 112. The ring member 122b is slidably connected.
[0048] 一方の第 1綴環部材 122aは、表紙 112に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保持部 12 4aを含む。綴環保持部 124aは、表紙 112の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を有し、 幅方向における一端部力 ヒンジ部 126aを介して、回動可能に第 2綴環部材 122b と突き合わされる。  One of the first binding members 122 a includes a strip-shaped binding member 124 a attached to the cover 112. The binding ring holding portion 124a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112, and is opposed to the second binding member 122b so as to be rotatable via the one-end force hinge portion 126a in the width direction. The
同様に、他方の第 2綴環部材 122bも、表紙 112に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保 持部 124bを含み、綴環保持部 124bは、表紙 112の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を 有し、幅方向における一端部力 ヒンジ部 126bを介して、回動可能に第 1綴環部材 1 22aと突き合わされる。  Similarly, the other second binding member 122b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 124b attached to the cover 112, and the binding holder 124b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112. And has a first end force in the width direction, and is abutted against the first binding ring member 122a via the hinge portion 126b.
ここに、表紙の高さ方向とは、図 22図示矢印 Xの上方向,下方向をいう。  Here, the height direction of the cover means the upward and downward directions of the arrow X shown in FIG.
[0049] 前記左右一対の綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとは、綴環 140a及び綴環 1 40bを開閉するときにお 、て左右一対の綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとが当 接する部位たるヒンジ部 126aとヒンジ部 126bとを枢軸として、揺動自在に固定され ている。ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126bは、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124b の上部 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に形成される。 [0049] The pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding part 124b are a pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and a ring holding part when opening and closing the ring 140a and the ring 140b. The hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b, which are the parts that come into contact with 124b, are pivotally fixed around the pivot part. ing. The hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b are formed on the upper part (in the protruding direction of the ring) of the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとが合わされる合わせ部、すなわち、綴環保 持部 124aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bとは、平面状であ り、綴環保持部 124aの上面と下面及び綴環保持部 124bの上面と下面に略直交す るように形成され、合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bの上部 (綴環の突き出る方向 にお 、て)にヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b力形成されて!、る。  The matching portion where the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are combined, that is, the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are planar, and the binding ring It is formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to the upper surface and lower surface of the holding portion 124a and the upper surface and lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 124b, and is hinged at the upper part of the mating portion 132a and the mating portion 132b (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). The force of 126a and hinge 126b is formed!
綴環保持部 124aの上面と下面及び綴環保持部 124bの上面と下面とは、綴環 14 Oa及び綴環 140bが突き出る方向にぉ 、て、上方の面を上面と下方の面を下面と 、  The upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124b are in the direction in which the binding ring 14Oa and the binding ring 140b protrude, and the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface. ,
[0050] 綴環保持部 124aの幅方向における他端部側すなわち合わせ部 132aの上面には 、その他端部力も外側に突き出るように、 4つの支持片 128a、 128a, · ·が長手方向 に間隔を隔てて形成される。同様に、綴環保持部 124bの幅方向における他端部側 すなわち合わせ部 132bの上面にも、その他端部から外側に突き出るように、 8つの 支持片 128b、 128b, · ·が長手方向に等間隔を隔てて形成される。 [0050] Four support pieces 128a, 128a,... Are spaced in the longitudinal direction so that the other end force protrudes outward on the other end side in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a, that is, the upper surface of the mating portion 132a. Are formed with a gap. Similarly, the eight support pieces 128b, 128b,... Are extended in the longitudinal direction on the other end side in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b, that is, on the upper surface of the mating portion 132b so as to protrude outward from the other end portions. Formed at intervals.
これらの支持片 128a及び支持片 128bは、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124 bの幅方向における他端部たる合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bをつき合わせた 際に、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの幅方向における他端部側を枢軸と して、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bを互 ヽに揺動することができるように 支持するためのものであり、図 16及び図 18に示すように、相手側となる綴環保持部 1 24b及び 124aの幅方向における他端部の内面側すなわち対向する合わせ部 132a 及び合わせ部 132bに配置される。  The support piece 128a and the support piece 128b are connected to the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124a when the fitting part 132a and the fitting part 132b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b, are brought together. And the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b are supported so that they can swing together with the other end side in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b as a pivot. As shown in FIGS. 16 and 18, they are arranged on the inner surface side of the other end in the width direction of the binding ring holding portions 124b and 124a on the other side, that is, on the facing mating portions 132a and 132b.
[0051] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132a及び合わせ 部 132bは、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bから綴環 140a及び綴環 140b が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸 (ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126bの領域)が 形成され、且つ一方の綴環保持部 124aから他方の綴環保持部 124bに向けて支持 片 128aが突き出され、また他方の綴環保持部 124bから一方の綴環保持部 124aに 向けて支持片 128bが突き出されて、前記枢軸を中心にして前記合わせ部 132aと合 わせ部 132bとを離間させたときに、一方の綴環保持部 124aの支持片 128aが他方 の綴環保持部 124bの表面に当接し、また他方の綴環保持部 124bの支持片 128b がー方の綴環保持部 124aの表面に当接し左右の綴環 140aと綴環 140bとの角度を 保持するように形成され、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを開いた状態を保持するように形 成されている。 [0051] The pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the direction in which the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b protrude from the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b. On the upper side, a pivot (region of the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b) is formed, and the support piece 128a protrudes from the one ring holding part 124a toward the other ring holding part 124b, and the other ring A support piece 128b protrudes from the holding part 124b toward the one ring holding part 124a, and is aligned with the mating part 132a around the pivot. When the mating portion 132b is separated, the support piece 128a of the one ring holding portion 124a comes into contact with the surface of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is This is formed so as to hold the angle between the right and left ring rings 140a and 140b and to hold the ring ring 140a and the ring ring 140b open. It is made.
[0052] 一方の綴環保持部 124aは、前記支持片 128aに連続して他方の綴環保持部 124 bの支持片 128bを収容する凹欠部 129aが形成され、且つ他方の綴環保持部 124b は、前記支持片 128aを収容する凹欠部 129bが形成されて 、る。  [0052] One binding ring holding portion 124a is formed with a recessed portion 129a for receiving the supporting piece 128b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b in succession to the support piece 128a, and the other binding ring holding portion. 124b is formed with a recessed portion 129b for accommodating the support piece 128a.
これは、綴じ具 120を組み立て製造するときに、前記枢軸部位 (ヒンジ部 126a及び ヒンジ部 126bの領域)にお 、ては左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 12 4bを合わせるとともに前記枢軸部位を中心にして前記合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bを離間させた状態にお ヽて左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 12 4bをその長さ方向にずらせ、一方の綴環保持部 124aの支持片 128aが他方の綴環 保持部 124bの凹欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、また他方の綴環保持部 124bの支持片 1 28bがー方の綴環保持部 124aの凹欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、左右の綴環 140aと綴 環 140bとを互 、違 、に交差させることができるように形成されて!、る。それによつて、 交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間にお 、て、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保 持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136bに、付勢部材 150の固 定部 154a及び固定部 154bが固定されるときに、左右の固定細孔 136a及び固定細 孔 136bとの間の間隔を付勢部材 150の左右の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとの間隔 に略々近い長さとなるような角度とすることができる。  This is because, when the binding tool 120 is assembled and manufactured, the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are aligned with the pivot part (the region of the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b). The pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are shifted in the length direction in a state in which the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b are separated from each other with the pivot part as a center, and one of the binding parts The support piece 128a of the ring holding portion 124a fits into the recessed portion 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is recessed in the other ring holding portion 124a. It is formed so that it can be fitted into the notch 129b and the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b can be crossed with each other. As a result, between the intersecting ring 140a and ring 140b, the biasing member is applied to the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b. When the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of 150 are fixed, the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is determined between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150. The angle can be such that the length is substantially close to the interval.
[0053] 一方の綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bに戻り防止用突起 170が突設され、他 方の綴環保持部 124aに戻り防止用凹欠部 172が穿設され、左右一対の綴環保持 部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bを合わせた状 態において摺動可能で、前記戻り防止用突起 170が戻り防止用凹欠部 172に係合 されるように形成されて 、る。戻り防止用突起 170及び戻り防止用凹欠部 172によつ て、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bが表紙の高さ方向へ移動することを防 止する移動防止手段を構成する。 [0054] 戻り防止用凹欠部 172は、組み立て時に、左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環 保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを互 、違 ヽ に交差させて、交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間において、綴環保持部 12 4a及び綴環保持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136bに、付勢 部材 150の固定部 154a及び固定部 154bが固定されるときに、左右の固定細孔 13 6a及び固定細孔 136bとの間の間隔を付勢部材 150の左右の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとの間隔に略々近い長さとなるような角度とするために、戻り防止用突起 170を 収容する組み立て用凹欠部 174が連続して形成されて 、る。 [0053] A return-preventing projection 170 projects from the mating portion 132b of one binding ring holding portion 124b, and a return-preventing recessed portion 172 is formed in the other binding ring holding portion 124a. The ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b are slidable in a state in which the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b are combined, so that the return preventing protrusion 170 is engaged with the return preventing recess 172. Formed. The return prevention protrusion 170 and the return prevention recess 172 constitute a movement preventing means for preventing the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b from moving in the height direction of the cover. [0054] At the time of assembling, the return-preventing recessed portion 172 shifts the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions 124a and the binding ring holding portions 124b in the length direction, so that the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b are different from each other. The biasing member is applied to the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b formed in the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b between the crossed binding rings 140a and 140b. When the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of 150 are fixed, the interval between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150. An assembly recess 174 for accommodating the return prevention protrusion 170 is continuously formed so as to have an angle that is substantially close to the interval.
戻り防止用凹欠部 172と組み立て用凹欠部 174とは、略同じ形状であり、戻り防止 用凹欠部 172は、戻り防止用突起 170の傾斜面 170aと対応する傾斜面 172aと、戻 り防止用突起 170の係合面 170bと対応する係合面 172bとを備え、組み立て用凹欠 部 174は、戻り防止用突起 170の傾斜面 170aと対応する傾斜面 174aと戻り防止用 突起 170の係合面 170bと対応する係合面 174bとを備える。  The recessed portion 172 for preventing return and the recessed portion 174 for assembly have substantially the same shape, and the recessed portion 172 for preventing return includes an inclined surface 172a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing protrusion 170 and the return surface. The assembling recess 174 includes an inclined surface 174a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing projection 170 and the return preventing projection 170. Engagement surface 170b and a corresponding engagement surface 174b.
前記戻り防止用突起 170は、一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bをそ の長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bをつき合わせるときに、他方 の綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132aに摺接する傾斜面 170aと、左右の綴環 140a 及び綴環 140bをつき合わせたときに他方の綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132aに 穿設された戻り防止用凹欠部 172に係合される係合面 170bとを備える。この傾斜面 170aは、ずらす方向に!/ヽくほど低くなる斜面に形成されて 、る。  The return prevention protrusion 170 shifts the pair of ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding parts 124b in the length direction, and holds the other ring holding when the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are brought together. Inclination 170a slidably contacting the mating portion 132a of the portion 124a, and the return prevention recess formed in the mating portion 132a of the other ring holding portion 124a when the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b are brought together And an engaging surface 170b engaged with the portion 172. This inclined surface 170a is formed on a slope that becomes lower in the direction of displacement!
[0055] 第 1綴環部材 122aは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 130a 1及び操作摘み 130a 2を有し、第 2綴環部材 122bは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 130bl及び操作摘 み 130b2を有する。  [0055] The first binding ring member 122a has an operation knob 130a1 and an operation knob 130a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction, and the second binding ring member 122b has an operation knob 130bl and an operation knob at both ends in the longitudinal direction. Only 130b2.
第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130a 1と第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b 1と は、それぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 130alは、第 1綴環部材 122aより第 2綴環 部材 122bに向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操 作摘み 130blは、第 2綴環部材 122bより第 1綴環部材 122aに向けて斜め上方 (綴 環の突き出る方向において)に突設されている。  The operation knob 130al has a second binding ring member 122b from the first binding ring member 122a so that the operation knob 130a 1 of the first binding ring member 122a and the operation knob 130b 1 of the second binding ring member 122b intersect each other. And the operation knob 130bl is obliquely upward from the second binding member 122b toward the first binding member 122a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). In).
第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130a2と第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b2と は、それぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 130a2は、第 1綴環部材 122aより第 2綴環 部材 122bに向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操 作摘み 130b2は、第 2綴環部材 122bより第 1綴環部材 122aに向けて斜め上方 (綴 環の突き出る方向において)に突設されている。 An operation knob 130a2 for the first ring member 122a and an operation knob 130b2 for the second ring member 122b The operation knobs 130a2 are projected obliquely upward (in the protruding direction of the ring) from the first binding ring member 122a toward the second binding ring member 122b so as to cross each other, and the operation knobs 130b2 Is protruded obliquely upward (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) from the second ring member 122b toward the first ring member 122a.
第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130alと操作摘み 130a2とは、その上端 (綴環の 突き出る方向において)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成し、第 2 綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b 1と操作摘み 130b2とは、その上端 (綴環の突き出 る方向において)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成している。  The operation knob 130al and the operation knob 130a2 of the first binding ring member 122a are each formed with an inclined surface extending high outwardly at the upper end (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the second binding ring member 122b. The operation knob 130b 1 and the operation knob 130b2 each have an inclined surface that extends to the outside at the upper end (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
[0056] 第 1綴環部材 122aの一方の操作摘み 130alから他方の操作摘み 130a2に至る 長さ(すなわち両者の間隔)と、第 2綴環部材 122bの一方の操作摘み 130blから他 方の操作摘み 130b2に至る長さ(すなわち両者の間隔)とは略々同じに構成され、 綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの長さ方向(すなわち表紙の高さ方向)にお いて、第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130alの下側(表紙の高さ方向において)に第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b 1が位置し、第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130a 2の下側(表紙の高さ方向において)に第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130blが位 置するように構成されている。 [0056] The length from one operation knob 130al of the first ring member 122a to the other operation knob 130a2 (that is, the distance between them) and the other operation from the one operation knob 130bl of the second ring member 122b The length reaching the knob 130b2 (that is, the distance between the two) is configured to be substantially the same, and the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b (that is, the height direction of the cover) is the first. The operation knob 130b 1 of the second ring member 122b is located below the operation knob 130a of the binding ring member 122a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 130a 2 of the first ring member 122a ( The operation knob 130bl of the second binding ring member 122b is configured to be positioned (in the height direction of the cover).
したがって、第 1綴環部材 122aと第 2綴環部材 122bとは、第 1綴環部材 122a及び 第 2綴環部材 122bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の高さ方向にずれて移動することを防 止されている。ここに、表紙の高さ方向とは、図 22図示矢印 Xの上方向 ·下方向をい  Therefore, the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b, that is, in the height direction of the cover. Has been. Here, the height direction of the cover refers to the upward and downward directions of the arrow X shown in FIG.
[0057] 綴環保持部 124aの外側となる上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)には、図 14、 図 27及び図 28に示すように、たとえば 26個の円弧状の綴環 140a、 140a, · ·が長 手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成される。同様に、綴環保持部 124bの外側となる 上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)にも、たとえば 26個の円弧状の綴環 140b、 14 Ob、 · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成される。 [0057] On the upper surface (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) that is outside the binding ring holding portion 124a, as shown in FIGS. 14, 27, and 28, for example, 26 arc-shaped binding rings 140a, 140a, · · Are formed at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction. Similarly, for example, 26 arcuate ring rings 140b, 14 Ob,... On the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the ring ring) on the outer side of the ring holding part 124b are spaced apart at a certain interval in the longitudinal direction. It is formed.
[0058] 綴環保持部 124aの外側となる上面には、図 15、図 17及び図 27に示すように、たと えば 26個の円弧状の綴環 140a、 140a, · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成 される。同様に、綴環保持部 24bの外側となる上面にも、たとえば 26個の円弧状の 綴環 140b、 140b, · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成される。 [0058] As shown in FIGS. 15, 17, and 27, for example, 26 arcuate ring rings 140a, 140a,... It is formed with an interval of. Similarly, on the upper surface that is the outside of the binding ring holding portion 24b, for example, 26 arc-shaped The binding rings 140b, 140b,... Are formed at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction.
[0059] 綴環保持部 124aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向にお 、て)で綴環 140aの基部の内 側近傍に綴環保持部 124aの長手方向に伸びる固定細孔 136aが穿設され、綴環保 持部 124bの上面で綴環 140bの基部の内側近傍に綴環保持部 124bの長手方向に 伸びる固定細孔 136bが穿設されている。 [0059] On the upper surface of the ring holding part 124a (in the direction in which the ring protrudes), a fixed pore 136a extending in the longitudinal direction of the ring holding part 124a is formed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base of the ring 140a. A fixed pore 136b extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b is formed on the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 124b in the vicinity of the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 140b.
固定細孔 136aは、綴環保持部 124aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)から 下方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向かうに従って、内側に入り込む断面 V字型 に切り欠かれてなり、固定細孔 136bは綴環保持部 124bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方 向にお 、て)から下方 (綴環の突き出る方向にお!、て)に向かうに従って、内側に入り 込む断面 V字型に切り欠かれてなる。  The fixed pore 136a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that goes into the inside from the upper surface (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) to the lower side (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) from the upper surface of the ring holding part 124a. The pore 136b has a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the ring) toward the lower side (in the protruding direction of the ring!). It will be cut out.
[0060] 前記綴環 140a及び綴環 140bは、左右一対の綴環保持部 124aの固定細孔 136a と綴環保持部 124bの固定細孔 136bとの間に跨って、綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの 形成された面上において架け渡された付勢部材 150と綴環 140a及び綴環 140bと の間に形成された左側の間隙 158a及び右側の間隙 158bに向けて、左側の案内部 146及び右側の案内部 148が突き出し設けられている。左側の案内部 146及び右 側の案内部 148は、被綴じ物 Sが綴じ穴 S2により綴環 140a及び綴環 140bに嵌挿さ れ、被綴じ物 Sを見開 、たときに綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに近 、下 部にある被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S 1を間隙 158a及び間隙 158bに入り込ませな V、ようにするために形成されて!、る。 [0060] The ring 140a and the ring 140b span between the fixed pore 136a of the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and the fixed hole 136b of the ring holder 124b. The left guide portion 146 and the left gap 158a and the right gap 158b formed between the biasing member 150 and the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b formed on the surface on which the 140b is formed A right guide 148 is provided protruding. The left guide part 146 and the right guide part 148 include a binding ring holding part when the binding object S is inserted into the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b through the binding hole S2 and the binding object S is opened. It is formed so that the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S located at the lower part is close to 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b so as not to enter the gap 158a and the gap 158b.
[0061] 左側の案内部 146は、左側の案内綴環 140a3の先端力 続く内側面に続いて斜 面力もなる左側開き用案内面 146aが形成され、且つ、綴環保持部 124aから内側面 に続くわん曲面力もなる左側閉じ用案内面 146bが形成され、左側開き用案内面 14 6aと左側閉じ用案内面 146bとが交差する左側案内先端部 146cが、付勢部材 150 の上面より上方において、付勢部材 150の左端縁と左側の案内綴環 140a3の内側 面との間に形成された左側の間隙 158aを塞ぐような位置まで突き出し形成されて ヽ る。 [0061] The left guide portion 146 is formed with a left-side opening guide surface 146a having an oblique force following the inner surface following the tip force of the left guide binding ring 140a3, and from the binding ring holding portion 124a to the inner surface. The left-side closing guide surface 146b, which also has a curved surface force, is formed, and the left-side opening guide surface 146a and the left-side closing guide surface 146b intersect with each other above the upper surface of the biasing member 150. The biasing member 150 protrudes to a position that closes the left gap 158a formed between the left end edge of the biasing member 150 and the inner surface of the left guide binding ring 140a3.
[0062] 右側の案内部 148は、右側の案内綴環 140b3の先端力も続く内側面に続いて斜 面力もなる右側開き用案内面 148aが形成され、且つ、綴環保持部 124bから内側面 に続くわん曲面からなる右側閉じ用案内面 148bが形成され、右側開き用案内面 14 8aと右側閉じ用案内面 148bとが交差する右側案内先端部 148cが、付勢部材 150 の上面より上方において、付勢部材 150の右端縁と右側の案内綴環 140b3の内側 面との間に形成された右側の間隙 158bを塞ぐような位置まで突き出し形成されて ヽ る。 [0062] The right guide portion 148 is formed with a right-side opening guide surface 148a having an oblique force following the inner surface where the distal end force of the right guide binding ring 140b3 continues, and the inner surface from the binding ring holding portion 124b. A right-side closing guide surface 148b made of a curved surface is formed, and the right-side opening guide surface 148a and the right-side closing guide surface 148b intersect with each other at the right-side guide tip 148c above the upper surface of the biasing member 150. Then, the biasing member 150 is projected and formed to a position that closes the right gap 158b formed between the right end edge of the urging member 150 and the inner surface of the right guide binding ring 140b3.
[0063] 左側の案内綴環 140a3は、最上端綴環 140alと最下端綴環 140a2との間におい て、及び、右側の案内綴環 140b3は、最上端綴環 140blと最下端綴環 140b2との 間にお 、て、左右それぞれ適宜な間隔をあけて 4本ずつ形成されて 、る。  [0063] The left guide ring 140a3 is between the uppermost end ring 140al and the lowermost end ring 140a2, and the right guide ring 140b3 is the uppermost end ring 140bl and the lowermost end ring 140b2. In between, four are formed at appropriate intervals on the left and right sides.
[0064] これらの綴環 140a及び綴環 140bは、つき合わされた綴環保持部 124a及び綴環 保持咅 124bのヒンジ咅 126a及びヒンジ咅 126b【こお!、て、合わせ咅 132aと合わせ 部 132bとを、表紙 112に近づけた際に閉じ、逆に表紙 112から遠ざけた際に開くよう に形成される。  [0064] The binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are formed by combining the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding rod 124b with the hinge 咅 126a and the hinge 咅 126b. Are closed when approaching the cover 112 and conversely, they are opened when they are moved away from the cover 112.
また、各綴環 140aの先端には、穴 142aと突起 144aとが交互に形成され、各綴環 140bの先端には、綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを閉じた際に穴 142aに嵌り合う突起 1 44bと突起 144aに嵌り合う穴 142bとが交互に形成される。  Further, holes 142a and protrusions 144a are alternately formed at the tips of the respective ring rings 140a, and the protrusions that fit into the holes 142a when the ring rings 140a and the ring rings 140b are closed are formed at the tips of the ring rings 140b. 1 44b and holes 142b that fit into the projections 144a are alternately formed.
なお、これらの突起 144a及び突起 144bのうちの一部のものは他のものより大きく 形成され、大きく形成された突起 144a及び突起 144bに対応する位置の穴 142a及 び穴 142bは他の穴 142a及び穴 142bより深く形成される。  Some of these protrusions 144a and 144b are formed larger than the others, and the holes 142a and 142b at positions corresponding to the protrusions 144a and 144b formed larger are the other holes 142a. And deeper than the hole 142b.
[0065] 第 1綴環部材 122aは、綴環保持部 124aと操作摘み 130a 1及び操作摘み 130a2 と綴環 140aとが合成樹脂で一体成形され、第 2綴環部材 122bは、綴環保持部 124 bと操作摘み 130bl及び 130b2と綴環 140bとが合成樹脂で一体成形されている。  [0065] In the first ring member 122a, the ring ring holding part 124a and the operation knob 130a 1 and the operation knob 130a2 and the ring ring 140a are integrally formed of synthetic resin, and the second ring member 122b is formed of the ring ring holding part. 124 b, operation knobs 130bl and 130b2, and ring 140b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
[0066] 付勢部材 150は、上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向けて膨らむ断面半円 弧板状の横架部 152と、前記横架部 152の両端より下方向(綴環の突き出る方向に おいて)内側に向けて突設された、左右一対の固定部 154a及び 154bとを備え、前 記固定部 154aは、綴環保持部 124aの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 136aに嵌合され 、前記固定部 154bは、綴環保持部 124bの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 136bに嵌 合されて、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向に おいて)に被冠され、固定細孔 136aと固定細孔 136bを挟み込むように固定される。 [0067] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bは、一対の綴環保持部 124a 及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを 互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間において、綴環 保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136 bに、付勢部材 150の固定部 154a及び 154bが固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部 1 24a及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び 140bを つき合わせるようにっき合わされるように形成されて 、るが、他方の綴環保持部 124b の前記固定細孔 136bは、付勢部材 150の固定部 154bが嵌め込まれた状態におい て一方の綴環保持部 132aとの位置をずらせるために、綴環保持部 124bをずらせる 方向(図 31矢印下方向、表紙の高さ方向の下向き)とは反対側に延長されている。 [0066] The urging member 150 includes a semicircular arc-shaped horizontal section 152 that swells upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction (the protrusion of the binding ring protrudes) from both ends of the horizontal section 152. A pair of left and right fixing parts 154a and 154b projecting inwardly (in the direction), and the fixing part 154a fits into the fixed pore 136a extending in the length direction of the ring holding part 124a. The fixing portion 154b is fitted into a fixing pore 136b extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 124b, and the upper surfaces of the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b (in the protruding direction of the ring). And fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b. [0067] The pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b is configured to shift the pair of ring holders 124a and 124b in the length direction so that the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b A biasing member is formed between the fixed ring 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b between the ring 140a and the ring 140b crossed alternately. 150 fixing parts 154a and 154b are fixed, and the pair of binding rings holding part 124a and binding ring holding part 124b are shifted in the length direction so that the right and left binding rings 140a and 140b are joined together. However, the fixed hole 136b of the other ring holding part 124b is displaced from the position of the one ring holding part 132a when the fixing part 154b of the urging member 150 is fitted. Therefore, the direction in which the binding ring holding portion 124b is displaced (the downward direction of the arrow in FIG. 31 and the downward direction of the cover height) ) It is extended on the opposite side of the.
[0068] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bは、一対の綴環保持部 124a 及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを 互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間において、綴環 保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136 bの間に跨らせ被冠させた状態に、付勢部材 150の固定部 154a及び固定部 154b が固定された後、一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向に ずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bをつき合わされることを可能とするとともに、 付勢部材 150の固定部 154aが固定細孔 136aに及び付勢部材 150の固定部 154b が固定細孔 136bに嵌め込まれた状態で、綴環保持部 124bがずらされ且つ綴環保 持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとのつき合わせた角度が変えられ、左右の綴環 140a 及び綴環 140bがっきあわされる位置において、付勢部材 150が移動することを防止 するために移動防止手段 176が形成されて 、る。  [0068] The pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b shift the pair of ring holders 124a and ring holders 124b in the length direction thereof, and Crossing alternately, between the intersecting ring 140a and ring 140b, straddle between the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b. After the fixing portion 154a and the fixing portion 154b of the urging member 150 are fixed in the state of being covered with the crown, the pair of the ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portions 124b are shifted in the length direction thereof, and the left and right bindings The ring 140a and the ring 140b can be mated together, and the fixed portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a and the fixed portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136b. Thus, the ring holding portion 124b is displaced and the angle at which the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are brought together changes. It is, at positions summed Ki wants right of the binding rings 140a and Tsuzuriwa 140b, and movement prevention means 176 is formed in order to prevent the biasing member 150 moves, Ru.
[0069] 前記付勢部材の移動防止手段 176は、左右一対の綴環保持部のうち一方の綴環 保持部 124bの固定細孔 136bの終端 132b 1と、他方の綴環保持部 124aの固定細 孔 136aの終端 132al及び終端 132a2のうち前記一方の綴環保持部 124bの固定 細孔 136bの終端 132blとは綴環保持部の長さ方向において反対側の終端 136al とによって形成されている。なお、綴環保持部 124aの固定細孔 136aの長さ(すなわ ち、固定細孔 136aの一方の終端 136alと固定細孔 136aの他方の終端 136a2との 間の長さ)は、付勢部材 150の固定部 154aの長さと略々同じである。 [0069] The urging member movement preventing means 176 fixes the end 132b1 of the fixed pore 136b of one of the pair of left and right ring holders 124b and the other end of the ring holder 124a. Of the terminal end 132al and the terminal end 132a2 of the narrow hole 136a, the fixing part 124b of the one ring holding part 124b is formed by the terminal part 136al on the opposite side in the length direction of the ring holding part. Note that the length of the fixed pore 136a of the ring holding portion 124a (that is, the length between one end 136al of the fixed pore 136a and the other end 136a2 of the fixed pore 136a). The length between them is substantially the same as the length of the fixing portion 154a of the urging member 150.
[0070] 付勢部材 150は、横架部 152より綴環保持部 124a、 124b側に向けて、表紙 112 に取り付けるための取り付け部 156が形成された、金属製板パネである。 [0070] The urging member 150 is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion 156 for attachment to the cover 112 is formed from the horizontal portion 152 toward the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b.
前記取り付け部 156は、幅方向の中央において、左右一対の綴環保持部 124a、 1 24bの合わせ部 132a、 132bに穿設された取り付け用貫通孔 138a、 138bに嵌挿さ れ、横架部 152とは反対側の先端近傍において表紙 112に固定されるように形成さ れている。  The attachment portion 156 is inserted into the attachment through holes 138a and 138b formed in the matching portions 132a and 132b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 152 It is formed so as to be fixed to the cover 112 in the vicinity of the tip on the opposite side.
[0071] 前記取り付け部 156は、左右一対の綴環保持部 124a、 124bの揺動を許容する高 さにおいて、綴環保持部 124a、 124bが表紙 112に取り付けうるようにするための長 さを備えている。この実施の形態においては、取り付け部 156は、付勢部材 150の横 架部 152の表紙の高さ方向において上端及び下端の近傍と中央とに設けられている 前記取り付け部 156は、横架部 152側と表紙 112側とに開口部 156a、 156bを備 える中空筒状本体 156cと、中空筒状本体 156cの上端部に全周囲に亘つてはり出し た平面視円形状つば部 156d及びつば部 156eとを備え、取り付け部 156を横架部 1 52に穿設された貫通孔 152a、 152b, 152cに取り付けるとき、当初は下側(綴環の 突き出る方向にお 、て)のつば部 156eのみがはり出して 、るのに対し、上側 (綴環の 突き出る方向にぉ 、て)のつば部 156dは、はり出して ヽな 、状態にあったものを下 側 (綴環の突き出る方向において)のつば部 156eより上側 (綴環の突き出る方向に お!ヽて)の筒状本体 156cの咅分を貫通孑し 152a、 152b, 152c【こ挿人した後【こ、上 方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)より筒状本体 156cの上端部 (綴環の突き出る方 向にお 、て)がつぶされて、周囲に向けて張り出し形成されたものである。  [0071] The attachment portion 156 has a length for allowing the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to be attached to the cover 112 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to swing. I have. In this embodiment, the mounting portion 156 is provided in the vicinity of the upper end and the lower end and in the center in the height direction of the cover of the horizontal portion 152 of the urging member 150. A hollow cylindrical body 156c having openings 156a, 156b on the 152 side and the cover 112 side, and a circular flange 156d in plan view protruding from the upper end of the hollow cylindrical body 156c over the entire circumference and a collar 156e, and when attaching the attachment part 156 to the through holes 152a, 152b, 152c drilled in the horizontal part 152, only the collar part 156e on the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) initially On the other hand, the collar portion 156d on the upper side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is extended to the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). Penetrates the prosthesis of the cylindrical body 156c above the collar 156e (in the direction of the protruding ring) 152a, 152b, 152c [After insertion, the upper end of the cylindrical body 156c (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is crushed from the top (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) It is formed to project toward the periphery.
そして筒状本体 156cは、その筒状本体 156cの貫通孔に揷入された鉅 160により 表紙 112に取り付けられる。すなわち、鉅 160の一端の引っ掛力り用頭 162aにより 横架部 152を固定するとともに他端の引っ掛力り用頭 162bにより表紙側を固定する ように形成されている。  Then, the cylindrical main body 156c is attached to the cover 112 by a hook 160 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 156c. That is, the horizontal portion 152 is fixed by the hooking force head 162a at one end of the rod 160, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 162b at the other end.
[0072] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bは、表紙の高さ方向にのびる 長さを有し、取り付け部 156を嵌挿するための取り付け用貫通孔 138a及び取り付け 用貫通孔 138bが穿設されている。 [0072] The pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b have a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and are attached through holes 138a for attachment and attachments for attaching the attachment portions 156. A through hole 138b for use is formed.
前記取り付け用貫通孔 138a及び取り付け用貫通孔 138bは、取り付け部 156の正 規の取り付け位置に形成されるとともに、他方の綴環保持部 124bの取り付け用貫通 孔 138bは、正規の取り付け位置力も連続して少なくとも取り付け部 156を収容するた めの組み立て用貫通孔 138blが形成されている。これは、綴じ具 120を組み立て製 造するときに、取り付け部 186が取り付け用貫通孔 138aと組立て用貫通孔 138blと に嵌まり込み、前記枢軸部位においては左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保 持部 124bを合わせるとともに前記枢軸部位を中心にして前記合わせ部 132a及び 合わせ部 132bを離間させた状態にお 、て左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環 保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを互 、違 ヽ に交差させることができるように形成されて 、る。  The mounting through-hole 138a and the mounting through-hole 138b are formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion 156, and the mounting through-hole 138b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b has a normal mounting position force. Thus, an assembly through-hole 138bl for accommodating at least the mounting portion 156 is formed. This is because when the binding tool 120 is assembled and manufactured, the mounting portion 186 fits into the mounting through hole 138a and the assembly through hole 138bl, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and In a state in which the ring holding portion 124b is aligned and the alignment portion 132a and the alignment portion 132b are separated from each other about the pivot portion, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the length direction. The left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are formed so as to be able to cross each other.
付勢部材 150は、その上端 (表紙の高さ方向にぉ 、て)から下端 (表紙の高さ方向 において)に至る長さ方向の長さが、第 1綴環部材 122aの綴環 140aを構成する最 上端綴環 140alと最下端綴環 140a2との間の長さ及び第 2綴環部材 122bの綴環 1 40bを構成する最上端綴環 140alと最下端綴環 140b2との間の長さよりわずかに長 く形成され、最上端綴環 140alの内側に最上端綴環 140blを、最下端綴環 140b2 の内側に最下端綴環 140a2を位置するように綴環 140aが綴環 140bの間に入り込 んだ状態にお 、て、操作摘み 130b 1と操作摘み 130a2との間の間隔よりわずかに 短く形成されている。そのような構成としたのは、この綴じ具 120を組み立てるときに、 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとの間に挟んだ付勢部材 150を、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保 持部 124bとに形成された固定細孔 136aと固定細孔 136bとの間に跨って嵌めこみ 、固定できるようにするためである。  The biasing member 150 has a length in the length direction from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover), and the binding ring 140a of the first binding member 122a is The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140a2 and the binding ring of the second binding member 122b 1 The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140b2 constituting the 40b The upper ring 140a is positioned between the ring 140b so that the uppermost ring 140bl is positioned inside the uppermost ring 140al and the lowermost ring 140a2 is positioned inside the lowermost ring 140b2. In the intruded state, it is formed slightly shorter than the interval between the operation knob 130b1 and the operation knob 130a2. The reason for this configuration is that when the binding tool 120 is assembled, the biasing member 150 sandwiched between the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b is attached to the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b. This is because the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b that are formed are fitted between the fixed pore 136a and can be fixed.
そして、付勢部材 150を綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに固定するときは 、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを上下方向(表紙の高さ方向において)にわずかにずらせ 、一方の綴環 140aが他方の綴環 140bの間に入り込む状態(互い違いに交差させた 状態)において、付勢部材 150にテンション力かからない状態もしくは付勢部材 150 の左右の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとの間を若干拡げた状態で綴環保持部 124a の固定細孔 136aと綴環保持部 124bの固定細孔 136bとに嵌合させて、固定細孔 1 36a及び固定細孔 136bの孔縁にぉ 、て付勢部材 150を綴環保持部 124a及び綴 環保持部 124bに固定する。 When the urging member 150 is fixed to the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b, the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are slightly shifted in the vertical direction (in the height direction of the cover), In a state in which the binding ring 140a enters between the other binding rings 140b (a state in which the binding rings 140b are alternately crossed), the biasing member 150 is not applied with a tension force, or the right and left fixing portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150 With the gap slightly expanded, the fixed hole 136a of the ring holding part 124a and the fixed hole 136b of the ring holding part 124b are fitted into the fixed hole 1 The biasing member 150 is fixed to the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b with the hole edges of the 36a and the fixing hole 136b.
[0074] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを閉じた状態 (安定した状態)においては、綴環保持部 12 4aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bとが離間した状態となり、 綴環 140aの先端と綴環 140bの先端とが当っている。 [0074] In a state where the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are closed (stable state), the alignment portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the alignment portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are separated from each other, The tip of the ring 140a and the tip of the ring 140b are in contact.
付勢部材 150は、その幅方向における両先端の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとがや や広げられて!/ヽるので、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124b及び綴環 140aと綴環 140bを閉じるように作用して 、る。  The urging member 150 has a fixed portion 154a and a fixed portion 154b at both ends in the width direction that are slightly expanded! / Ring, so that the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b and the binding ring 140a and the binding member 150 Acts to close ring 140b.
付勢部材 150は、綴環保持部 124aと付勢部材 150との接合部たる固定部 154a、 ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b、綴環保持部 124bと付勢部材 150との接合部たる 固定部 154bが、 V字状になるので、接合部たる固定部 154aと接合部たる固定部 15 4bとの直線距離がやや短くなり、付勢部材 150の全体がやや広げられ、ばね力がや や働く。  The urging member 150 is a fixed portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the urging member 150, and a fixing portion, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the urging member 150. Since 154b is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed part 154a that is the joint and the fixed part 15 4b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 150 is slightly widened, and the spring force works slightly. .
[0075] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが半開きの状態、すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)に ぉ 、ては、綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132b とは当らない。  [0075] When the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are in a half-open state, that is, in a neutral state (unstable state), the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion of the binding ring holding portion 124b It does not hit 132b.
また、綴環 140aの先端と綴環 140bの先端とも当らない。  Further, neither the front end of the binding ring 140a nor the front end of the binding ring 140b hits.
付勢部材 150は、一番広げられているので、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124b 及び綴環 140aと綴環 140bを閉じようとするか開こうとするかというように不安定な思 案点の状態である。  Since the urging member 150 is most widened, it is unstable whether the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b and the ring 140a and the ring 140b are to be closed or opened. This is the state of thought.
そして、付勢部材 150は、綴環保持部 124aと付勢部材 150との接合部たる固定部 154a,ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b、綴環保持部 124bと付勢部材 150との接 合部たる固定部 154bが、一直線状に並んだ状態になるので、接合部たる固定部 15 4aと接合部たる固定部 154bとの直線距離が一番長くなる。このとき、付勢部材 150 は、一番広げられた状態となり、ばね力が一番働く。  The biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the fixing portions 154b are aligned in a straight line, the linear distance between the fixing portion 154a as the joint portion and the fixing portion 154b as the joint portion is the longest. At this time, the urging member 150 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
[0076] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが開いた状態 (安定した状態)においては、綴環保持部 1 24aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bと力当接し、綴環 140a の先端と綴環 140bの先端とは当らない。 付勢部材 150は、やや広げられているので、綴環保持部 124aのヒンジ部 126aと綴 環保持部 124bのヒンジ部 126bとを開こうと作用して 、る。 [0076] When the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are in an open state (stable state), the binding portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are in force contact with each other, and the binding ring The tip of 140a does not touch the tip of ring 140b. Since the urging member 150 is slightly expanded, the biasing member 150 acts to open the hinge portion 126a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the hinge portion 126b of the binding ring holding portion 124b.
しかし、綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132bと が当っているので、それ以上に綴環 140aと綴環 140bとは開かない。  However, since the matching part 132a of the binding ring holding part 124b and the matching part 132b of the binding ring holding part 124a are in contact with each other, the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b cannot be opened any further.
そして、付勢部材 150は、綴環保持部 124aと付勢部材 150との接合部たる固定部 154a,ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b、綴環保持部 124bと付勢部材 150との接 合部たる固定部 154bが、山状になるので、接合部たる固定部 154aと接合部たる固 定部 154bとの直線距離がやや短い状態となる。このとき、付勢部材 150は、やや広 げられた状態となり、ばね力がやや働く。  The biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the barrel fixing portion 154b has a mountain shape, the linear distance between the junction fixing portion 154a and the junction fixing portion 154b is slightly shorter. At this time, the urging member 150 is in a slightly widened state, and the spring force works slightly.
[0077] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとは、それを開くときには、左右に離れた状態にある操作摘 み 130a2と操作摘み 130b2又は操作摘み 130a 1と操作摘み 130b 1を指で摘んで それらの間隔を縮めるように近づければ、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが半開きの状態、 すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)力も綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが開 、た状態 (安 定した状態)になる。 [0077] When the ring 140a and the ring 140b are opened, the operation knob 130a2 and the operation knob 130b2 or the operation knob 130a 1 and the operation knob 130b 1 that are separated from each other are picked up with fingers. If the distance is reduced, the ring 140a and the ring 140b are in a half-open state, that is, the neutral (unstable) force is also applied to the ring 140a and the ring 140b (stable) State).
開いている綴環 140aと綴環 140bは、それを閉じるときには、綴環 140aと綴環 140 bとの外側面を指で摘んで両方を引き寄せれば、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが半開き の状態、すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)から閉じた状態にすることができ、綴 環 140aの先端の穴 142a及び突起 144aと綴環 140bの先端の穴 142b及び突起 14 4bとが嵌合して安定した状態となる。  When closing the open ring 140a and the ring 140b, if the outer surfaces of the ring 140a and the ring 140b are gripped with fingers and pulled together, the ring 140a and the ring 140b are half-opened. From the neutral state (unstable state) to the closed state, and the holes 142a and projections 144a at the end of the ring 140a and the holes 142b and 144b at the end of the ring 140b are fitted. Together, it becomes a stable state.
[0078] 横架部 152と固定部 154aとの接続部の近傍と綴環 140aの基部の近傍との間に間 隙 158aが形成され、横架部 152と固定部 154bとの接続部の近傍と綴環 140bの基 部の近傍との間に間隙 158bが形成される。  [0078] A gap 158a is formed between the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 152 and the fixing portion 154a and the vicinity of the base portion of the binding ring 140a, and in the vicinity of the connecting portion between the horizontal portion 152 and the fixing portion 154b. A gap 158b is formed between the ring and the vicinity of the base of the ring 140b.
[0079] 左側開き用案内面 146aは、右側の案内綴環 140b3に在るか綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの先端近傍に在る被綴じ物 Sを、左側の案内綴環 140a3及び右側の案内綴 環 140b3のループに綴じ孔 S2を沿わせて左側の案内綴環 140a3に移動させるとき に、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1をその上面 (左側開き用案内面 146aの上面)を滑 らせることにより、間隙 158aに入り込まずに、横架部 152の上面に誘導し、横架部 15 2の上面を滑って上昇させ、左側の案内綴環 140a3において被綴じ物 Sを見開いた 状態にすることができるように構成されて 、る。 [0079] The left-side opening guide surface 146a is provided on the right guide binding ring 140b3 or in the vicinity of the binding ring 140a and the front end of the binding ring 140b. When the binding hole S2 is moved along the loop of the binding ring 140b3 and moved to the left guide binding ring 140a3, the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound is moved to the upper surface (the upper surface of the left opening guide surface 146a). By sliding, it is guided to the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 without entering the gap 158a, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 is slid and raised, and the object S to be bound is opened in the left guide binding ring 140a3. It is configured to be in a state.
右側開き用案内面 148aは、左側の案内綴環 140a3に在るか綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの先端近傍に在る被綴じ物 Sを、左側の案内綴環 140a3及び右側の案内綴 環 140b3のループに綴じ孔 S2を沿わせて右側の案内綴環 140b3に移動させるとき に、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1をその上面 (右側開き用案内面 148aの上面)を滑 らせることにより、間隙 158bに入り込まずに、横架部 152の上面に誘導し、横架部 15 2の上面を滑って上昇させ、右側の案内綴環 140b3において被綴じ物 Sを見開いた 状態にすることができるように構成されて 、る。  The guide surface 148a for opening on the right side is the left side guide binding ring 140a3 and the right side guide binding ring 140b3, which is located on the left guide binding ring 140a3 or near the tip of the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b. When the binding hole S2 is moved to the right guide binding ring 140b3 along the binding hole S2, the upper edge (the upper surface of the right opening guide surface 148a) of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S is slid. As a result, it is guided to the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 without entering the gap 158b, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 is slid and raised, so that the object to be bound S is opened in the right guide binding ring 140b3. It is configured to be able to
[0080] 左側閉じ用案内面 146bは、左側の案内綴環 140a3に見開いた状態で在る被綴じ 物 Sの綴じ孔 S2を左側の案内綴環 140a3及び右側の案内綴環 140b3のループに 沿って右側の案内綴環 140b3に移動させるときに、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1が 横架部 152の上面を滑って下降し間隙 158aに入り込んだ場合にも、前記被綴じ物 S の移動に従って、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1を誘導して引っ繰り返ることなどによ り横架部 152の上面に至らしめ、横架部 152の上面を摺動させるように構成されてい る。 [0080] The left-side closing guide surface 146b extends along the loop of the left-side guide binding ring 140a3 and the right-side guide binding ring 140b3 through the binding hole S2 of the binding object S that is open in the left-side guide binding ring 140a3. Even if the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S slides down on the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 and enters the gap 158a when moving to the right guide binding ring 140b3, the binding object S Is configured so that the binding edge S1 of the binding object S is guided and repeated to reach the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 and slide on the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152. It has been done.
左側閉じ用案内面 146bは、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S 1の返し用案内端面であ る。  The left closing guide surface 146b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound.
右側閉じ用案内面 148bは、右側の案内綴環 140b3に見開いた状態で在る被綴じ 物 Sの綴じ孔 S2を右側の案内綴環 140b3及び左側の案内綴環 140a3のループに 沿って左側の案内綴環 140a3に移動させるときに、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1が 横架部 152の上面を滑って下降し間隙 158bに入り込んだ場合にも、前記被綴じ物 S の移動に従って、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S1を誘導して引っ繰り返ることなどによ り横架部 152の上面に至らしめ、横架部 152の上面を摺動させるように構成されてい る。  The right closing guide surface 148b is formed on the right guide binding ring 140b3 with the binding hole S2 of the object S to be opened on the left side along the loop of the right guide binding ring 140b3 and the left guide binding ring 140a3. Even when the binding margin side edge S1 of the binding object S slides down on the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 and enters the gap 158b when moving to the guide binding ring 140a3, it follows the movement of the binding object S. The binding margin side edge S1 of the object to be bound S is guided and repeated to reach the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152, and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 is slid. .
右側閉じ用案内面 148bは、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ代側端縁 S 1の返し用案内端面であ る。  The right closing guide surface 148b is a return guide end surface of the binding margin side edge S1 of the object S to be bound.
[0081] 而して、被綴じ物 Sを見開き状態にしょうとしたときには、図 20に示すように、被綴じ 物 Sは、綴じ代側端縁 S1が間隙 158aに入り込むことなぐ左側の案内部 146の左側 開き用案内面 146aの上面を滑り降り、付勢部材 150の上面に至る。 [0081] Thus, when trying to make the object S to be spread apart, as shown in FIG. 20, the object to be bound S has a left guide portion where the binding margin side edge S1 does not enter the gap 158a. Left side of 146 Slide down the upper surface of the opening guide surface 146a and reach the upper surface of the biasing member 150.
又、被綴じ物 Sを見開き状態力も閉じようとしたとき、又は、反対側 (例えば表表紙 1 12b側から裏表紙 112c側)に回転して移動させようとしたとき、被綴じ物 Sは、綴じ代 側端縁 S 1が間隙 158aに入り込むことなぐ左側閉じ用案内面 146bから左側案内先 端部 146cに至り、左側の案内部 146の上面を滑り昇り綴じ代側端縁 S1が折れ曲が つたり引っ掛けたりせずに閉じたり移動させたりできる。  In addition, when the object S to be bound is intended to close the spread state force or to rotate and move to the opposite side (for example, from the front cover 1 12b side to the back cover 112c side), the object S to be bound is The binding margin side edge S1 reaches the left guide end 146c from the left closing guide surface 146b without entering the gap 158a, slides up the upper surface of the left guide portion 146, and the binding margin side edge S1 is bent. It can be closed and moved without hanging or hanging.
[0082] 次に、綴じ具 120の組み立て方法について、主として図 27ないし図 33に基づいて 説明する。 Next, a method for assembling the binding tool 120 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS.
まず、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとを並行させ、綴環保持部 124aと綴環 保持部 124bとを長さ方向にわずかにずらせ、一方の綴環 140aを他方の綴環 140b の間に入り込む状態 (互い違いに交差させた状態)にし、且つ合わせ部 132aと合わ せ部 132bとを突き合わせてヒンジ部 126al及びヒンジ部 126b 1を形成して、固定細 孔 136aと固定細孔 136bとの間隔を付勢部材 150の固定部 154aと固定部 154bと の間隔に略々近い長さとする。  First, the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 140a is connected to the other binding ring 140b. Between the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b to form the hinge part 126al and the hinge part 126b 1 to form the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b. Is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of the urging member 150.
このとき、一方の綴環保持部 124aの支持片 128aが他方の綴環保持部 124bの凹 欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、また他方の綴環保持部 124bの支持片 128bがー方の綴環 保持部 124aの凹欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、左右の綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを互 ヽ違 いに交差する。  At this time, the support piece 128a of one of the ring holding portions 124a is fitted into the recess 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is the other ring. It fits into the recessed part 129b of the holding part 124a, and the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b intersect each other.
[0083] そして、付勢部材 150の固定部 154aを綴環保持部 124aの固定細孔 136aに嵌合 させるとともに、付勢部材 150の固定部 154bを綴環保持部 124bの固定細孔 136b に嵌合させる。  [0083] Then, the fixing portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a of the binding ring holding portion 124a, and the fixing portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fixed to the fixing pore 136b of the binding ring holding portion 124b. Fit.
付勢部材 150の固定部 154a及び固定部 154bが固定されるときには、左右の固定 細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136bとの間の間隔を付勢部材 150の左右の固定部 154a と固定部 154bとの間隔に略々近い長さとなるような角度とするために、戻り防止用突 起 170は糸且み立て用凹欠部 174に収容されて 、る。  When the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of the biasing member 150 are fixed, the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set to the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150. The return preventing protrusion 170 is accommodated in the thread take-up recess 174 so that the angle is set to a length that is substantially close to the distance between the two.
[0084] 次に、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを開くととも〖こ、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124 bをその長さ方向にわずかにずらし、最上端綴環 140alと最上端綴環 140bl又は最 下端綴環 140a2と最下端綴環 140b2とをそれぞれの先端が突き合わさる位置まで 移動させ、安定した状態とする。 [0084] Next, when the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are opened, the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are slightly shifted in the length direction so that the uppermost binding ring 140al and the The upper end ring 140bl or the lowermost end ring 140a2 and the lowermost end ring 140b2 to the position where the tips meet each other Move to a stable state.
このとき、一方の綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bに突設された戻り防止用突起 170は、他方の綴環保持部 124aに穿設された組み立て用凹欠部 174より抜け出て 戻り防止用凹欠部 172に嵌合される。戻り防止用突起 170及び戻り防止用凹欠部 1 72に係合されることによって、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bが表紙の高さ 方向へ移動することを防止される。また、取り付け部 156は取り付け用貫通孔 138a 及び取り付け用貫通孔 138bに位置する。  At this time, the return-preventing protrusion 170 protruding from the mating portion 132b of one binding ring holding portion 124b comes out of the assembly recess 174 formed in the other binding ring holding portion 124a and is used for return prevention. It is fitted into the recess 172. By being engaged with the return prevention protrusion 170 and the return prevention recess 172, the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are prevented from moving in the height direction of the cover. Further, the attachment portion 156 is located in the attachment through hole 138a and the attachment through hole 138b.
以上のような工程を経て、綴じ具 120が組み立てられる。  The binding tool 120 is assembled through the above processes.
[0085] 又、前記図 14図示綴じ具 120は、図 34ないし図 39に示すように変形してもよい。 [0085] The binding tool 120 shown in FIG. 14 may be modified as shown in FIGS.
綴環 140aの左側の案内綴環 140a3及び右側の案内綴環 140b3の内側面は、外 側面より曲率が小さい緩やかな曲面である。  The inner side surfaces of the left side guide ring 140a3 and the right side guide ring 140b3 of the binding ring 140a are gentle curved surfaces having a smaller curvature than the outer side surface.
固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136bは、間歇的に形成され、綴環 140a及び綴環 1 40bの領域には形成されず、綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間にのみ形成されている。 左側開き用案内面 146a及び右側開き用案内面 148aは、ともに横断面円弧状で 外側から内側に向けて下降する正面視傾斜面を形成し、左側閉じ用案内面 146b及 び右側閉じ用案内面 148bは、ともに横断面円弧状で正面視わん曲面を形成して 、 る。  The fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b are formed intermittently and are not formed in the region of the ring 140a and the ring 140b, but are formed only between the ring 140a and the ring 140b. The left-side opening guide surface 146a and the right-side opening guide surface 148a are both arcuate in cross section and form a front-facing inclined surface that descends from the outside to the inside. The left-closing guide surface 146b and the right-side closing guide surface Both 148b have an arcuate cross section and form a curved surface in front view.
そして、綴環 140aの左側の案内綴環 140a3及び右側の案内綴環 140b3の内側 面と外側面との間の長さは、被綴じ物 Sの綴じ孔 S2の直径の 2分の 1程度に形成さ れ、被綴じ物 Sの開閉等の回転又は移動を円滑にできるように構成している。  The length between the inner surface and the outer surface of the left guide ring 140a3 and the right guide ring 140b3 of the binding ring 140a is about half the diameter of the binding hole S2 of the binding object S. The formed object S is configured to smoothly rotate or move such as opening and closing of the object to be bound S.
[0086] 付勢部材 150は、貫通孔 152a及び貫通孔 152bの周辺がその周囲より下方向(す なわち綴環保持部 124a、綴環保持部 124b側)に向けて凹まされ、鉅 160の頭 162a を付勢部材 150の横架部 152の周辺と略々同じ高さとし、頭 162aの上面と横架部 1 52の上面とを円滑な面として、被綴じ物 Sの開閉等の回転又は移動を円滑にできる ように構成している。 [0086] The biasing member 150 is recessed around the through-hole 152a and the through-hole 152b downward (that is, toward the side of the ring-ring holding part 124a and the ring-ring holding part 124b). The head 162a is approximately the same height as the periphery of the horizontal portion 152 of the biasing member 150, and the upper surface of the head 162a and the upper surface of the horizontal portion 152 are smooth surfaces. It is configured so that it can move smoothly.
[0087] 図 40はこの発明が適用される第 3の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一 例を示す斜視図である。図 41、図 42、図 43、図 44及び図 45は、図 40に示す綴じ具 のリング部閉じた状態を示す斜視図、部分底面図解図、部分平面図解図、部分正面 図解図及び部分断面図解図である。図 46及び図 47は、その綴じ具のリング部を開 いた状態を示す斜視図であり、図 48及び図 49は、その綴じ具のリング部を開いた状 態を示す部分正面図解図及び部分断面図解図であり、図 50、図 51及び図 52はそ の綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示す斜視図、部分正面図解図及び部分平面図解図で ある。 FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a third embodiment to which the present invention is applied. 41, 42, 43, 44, and 45 are a perspective view, a partial bottom view, a partial plan view, and a partial front view of the binding device shown in FIG. It is an illustration figure and a partial cross-section illustration figure. 46 and 47 are perspective views showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool is opened, and FIGS. 48 and 49 are partial front views and partial views showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool is opened. FIG. 50, FIG. 51, and FIG. 52 are a perspective view, a partial front view, and a partial plan view showing a state in which the binding tool is assembled.
[0088] 第 3の実施の形態の図 40に示すリングファイル 10は、たとえばポリプロピレンなどの 合成樹脂やたとえば厚紙などの紙力もなる表紙 12を含む。表紙 12は、帯状の背表 紙 12aを含み、背表紙 12aの幅方向における両端部には、表表紙 12b及び裏表紙 1 2cが形成される。この表紙 12の背表紙 12aの内面には、たとえば主として、 ABSな どの合成樹脂からなる綴じ具 20が取り付けられる。  A ring file 10 shown in FIG. 40 of the third embodiment includes a cover 12 having a synthetic resin such as polypropylene and a paper strength such as cardboard. The front cover 12 includes a belt-like back cover 12a, and a front cover 12b and a back cover 12c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 12a. On the inner surface of the back cover 12a of the cover 12, for example, a binding tool 20 made mainly of synthetic resin such as ABS is attached.
[0089] 綴じ具 20は、図 41ないし 45に示すように、表紙 12の取り付け領域たる背表紙 12a の内面に対応した左右一対の第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bが揺動可能 に連結される。  As shown in FIGS. 41 to 45, in the binding tool 20, the pair of left and right first and second binding members 22a and 22b corresponding to the inner surface of the back cover 12a, which is the attachment region of the cover 12, swings. Connected as possible.
[0090] 一方の第 1綴環部材 22aは、表紙 12に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保持部 24aを 含む。綴環保持部 24aは、表紙 12の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を有し、幅方向に おける一端部が、ヒンジ部 26aを介して、回動可能に第 2綴環部材 22bと突き合わさ れる。  One of the first binding members 22a includes a strip-shaped binding member 24a attached to the cover 12. The binding ring holding portion 24a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12, and one end portion in the width direction is rotatable with the second binding member 22b via the hinge portion 26a. Faced.
同様に、他方の第 2綴環部材 22bも、表紙 12に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保持 部 24bを含み、綴環保持部 24bは、表紙 12の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を有し、 幅方向における一端部力 ヒンジ部 26bを介して、回動可能に第 1綴環部材 22aと突 さ合わされる。  Similarly, the other second binding member 22b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 24b attached to the cover 12, and the binding holder 24b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 12. And having one end portion force in the width direction, which is pivotably brought into contact with the first binding ring member 22a via the hinge portion 26b.
[0091] 前記左右一対の綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとは、左右一対の綴環保持部 2 4aと綴環保持部 24bとが当接する部位たるヒンジ部 26aとヒンジ部 26bとを枢軸として 揺動自在に固定されている。  [0091] The pair of left and right ring holders 24a and 24b includes a hinge part 26a and a hinge part 26b which are portions where the pair of left and right ring holders 24a and 24b abut. Is pivotally fixed around the axis.
綴環保持部 24aと 24bとが合わされる合わせ部、すなわち、綴環保持部 24aの合わ せ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとは、平面状であり、綴環保持部 24aの 上面と下面及び綴環保持部 24bの上面と下面に略直交するように形成されて!、る。 綴環保持部 24aの上面と下面及び綴環保持部 24bの上面と下面とは、綴環 40a及 び綴環 40bが突き出る方向にぉ 、て、上方の面を上面と下方の面を下面と 、う。 The mating portion where the ring holding portions 24a and 24b are combined, that is, the mating portion 32a of the ring holding portion 24a and the mating portion 32b of the ring holding portion 24b are planar, and the ring holding portion 24a The upper and lower surfaces and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 24b are formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to each other. The upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 24b In the direction in which the ring 40b protrudes, the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface.
[0092] 綴環保持部 24aの幅方向における他端部側 (合わせ部 32a)の内面には、その他 端部から外側に突き出るように、 4つの支持片 28a、 28a, · ·が長手方向に間隔を隔 てて形成される。同様に、綴環保持部 24bの幅方向における他端部側 (合わせ部 32 b)の内面にも、その他端部力も外側に突き出るように、 4つの支持片 28b、 28b、 · · が長手方向に間隔を隔てて形成される。 [0092] Four support pieces 28a, 28a, ··· are arranged in the longitudinal direction on the inner surface of the other end portion side (matching portion 32a) in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a so as to protrude outward from the other end portions. Formed at intervals. Similarly, the four support pieces 28b, 28b,... Are arranged in the longitudinal direction so that the other end force also protrudes outward on the inner surface of the other end side (matching portion 32b) in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 24b. Formed at intervals.
これらの支持片 28a及び支持片 28bは、綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの幅 方向における他端部たる合わせ部 32a及び合わせ部 32bをつき合わせた際に、綴 環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの幅方向における他端部側を枢軸として、綴環 保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bを互いに揺動することができるように支持するため のものであり、図 3及び図 5に示すように、相手側となる綴環保持部 24b及び 24aの幅 方向における他端部の内面側すなわち対向する合わせ部 32a及び合わせ部 32bに 配置される。  The support piece 28a and the support piece 28b are connected to the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b when the fitting part 32a and the fitting part 32b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b, are brought together. This is for supporting the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b so that they can swing with respect to each other about the other end in the width direction of the ring holding part 24b. As shown in FIG. 5, it is arranged on the inner surface side of the other end in the width direction of the ring-ring holding portions 24b and 24a on the other side, that is, on the facing mating portions 32a and 32b.
[0093] 第 1綴環部材 22aは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 30al及び操作摘み 30a2を 有し、第 2綴環部材 22bは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 30bl及び操作摘み 30b 2を有する。  [0093] The first binding ring member 22a has an operation knob 30al and an operation knob 30a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction, and the second binding ring member 22b has an operation knob 30bl and an operation knob 30b 2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction. Have
第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30alと第 2綴環部材 22bの操作摘み 30blとは、そ れぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 30alは、第 1綴環部材 22aより第 2綴環部材 22b に向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操作摘み 30b 1は、第 2綴環部材 22bより第 1綴環部材 22aに向けて斜め上方に突設されている。 第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30a2と第 2綴環部材 22bの操作摘み 30b2とは、そ れぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 30a2は、第 1綴環部材 22aより第 2綴環部材 22b に向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操作摘み 30b 2は、第 2綴環部材 22bより第 1綴環部材 22aに向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方 向にお 、て)に突設されて 、る。  The operation knob 30al is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30al of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30bl of the second ring member 22b intersect each other. 22b is protruded obliquely upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and the operation knob 30b 1 is protruded obliquely upward from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a. Yes. The operation knob 30a2 is connected to the second ring member 22a by the first ring member 22a so that the operation knob 30a2 of the first ring member 22a and the operation knob 30b2 of the second ring member 22b intersect each other. The operation knob 30b 2 protrudes diagonally upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) toward 22b, and the operation knob 30b 2 is inclined upward (protruding the binding ring) from the second binding member 22b toward the first binding member 22a. It is projected in the direction.
第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30alと操作摘み 30a2とは、その上端 (綴環の突き出 る方向において)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成し、第 2綴環部 材 22bの操作摘み 30b 1と操作摘み 30b2とは、その上端 (綴環の突き出る方向にお いて)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成している。 The operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a are formed at their upper ends (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), respectively, by forming inclined surfaces that extend highly outward, and the second binding ring member The operation knob 30b 1 of 22b and the operation knob 30b2 have their upper ends (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). In addition, each of them forms an inclined surface that extends higher outward.
[0094] 第 1綴環部材 22aの一方の操作摘み 30alから他方の操作摘み 30a2に至る長さ( すなわち両者の間隔)と、第 2綴環部材 22bの一方の操作摘み 30blから他方の操 作摘み 30b2に至る長さ(すなわち両者の間隔)とは略々同じに構成され、綴環保持 部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの長さ方向(すなわち表紙の高さ方向)において、第 1綴 環部材 22aの操作摘み 30alの下側(表紙の高さ方向において)に第 2綴環部材 22b の操作摘み 30b 1が位置し、第 1綴環部材 22aの操作摘み 30a2の下側(表紙の高さ 方向にお 、て)に第 2綴環部材 22bの操作摘み 30b 1が位置するように構成されて!、 る。  [0094] The length from one operation knob 30al of the first ring member 22a to the other operation knob 30a2 (that is, the distance between them) and the operation knob 30bl from one operation ring 30bl to the other. The length reaching the knob 30b2 (that is, the distance between the two) is configured to be substantially the same, and the first binding ring in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b (that is, the height direction of the cover). The operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned below the operation knob 30al of the member 22a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 30a2 of the first binding ring member 22a (the height of the cover) In the vertical direction, the operation knob 30b 1 of the second binding ring member 22b is positioned!
したがって、第 1綴環部材 22aと第 2綴環部材 22bとは、第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2 綴環部材 22bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の高さ方向にずれて移動することを防止され ている。ここに、表紙の高さ方向とは、図 46図示矢印 Xの上方向 ·下方向をいう。  Therefore, the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b, that is, in the height direction of the cover. ing. Here, the height direction of the cover means the upward and downward directions of the arrow X shown in FIG.
[0095] 綴環保持部 24aの外側となる上面には、図 41、図 43及び図 50に示すように、たと えば 26個の円弧状の綴環 40a、 40a、 · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成さ れる。同様に、綴環保持部 24bの外側となる上面にも、たとえば 30個の円弧状の綴 環 40b、 40b、 · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成される。 [0095] As shown in FIGS. 41, 43 and 50, for example, 26 arcuate ring rings 40a, 40a,... It is formed with an interval of. Similarly, for example, 30 arcuate ring rings 40b, 40b,... Are formed at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction on the upper surface that is the outside of the ring holding part 24b.
これらの綴環 40a及び 40bは、つき合わされた綴環保持部 24a及び 24bのヒンジ部 26a及び 26bにおいて、合わせ部 32aと合わせ部 32bとを、表紙 12に近づけた際に 閉じ、逆に表紙 12から遠ざけた際に開くように形成される。  The binding rings 40a and 40b are closed when the matching portions 32a and 32b are brought close to the cover 12 in the hinge portions 26a and 26b of the combined ring holding portions 24a and 24b, and conversely, the cover 12 It is formed so that it opens when it is away from it.
また、各リング部 40aの先端には、穴 42aと突起 44aとが交互に形成され、各リング 部 40bの先端には、リング部 40a及び 40bを閉じた際に穴 42aに嵌り合う突起 44bと 突起 44aに嵌り合う穴 42bとが交互に形成される。  In addition, holes 42a and protrusions 44a are alternately formed at the tips of the respective ring portions 40a, and protrusions 44b that fit into the holes 42a when the ring portions 40a and 40b are closed are formed at the tips of the respective ring portions 40b. The holes 42b that fit into the protrusions 44a are alternately formed.
なお、これらの突起 44a及び 44bのうちの一部のものは他のものより大きく形成され 、大きく形成された突起 44a及び 44bに対応する位置の穴 42a及び 42bは他の穴 42 a及び 42bより深く形成される。  Some of these protrusions 44a and 44b are formed larger than the others, and the holes 42a and 42b at positions corresponding to the protrusions 44a and 44b formed larger than the other holes 42a and 42b. Deeply formed.
[0096] 綴環保持部 24aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)で綴環 40aの基部の内側 近傍に綴環保持部 24aの長手方向に伸びる固定細孔 36aが穿設され、綴環保持部 24bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ 、て)で綴環 40bの基部の内側近傍に綴環保 持部 24bの長手方向に伸びる固定細孔 36bが穿設されて 、る。 [0096] On the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the binding ring holding part 24a, a fixed pore 36a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding part 24a is formed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base part of the binding ring 40a. On the upper surface of the part 24b (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), keep the binding ring near the inside of the base of the binding ring 40b. Fixed pores 36b extending in the longitudinal direction of the holding portion 24b are formed.
固定細孔 36aは、綴環保持部 24aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ ヽて)から下方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向かうに従って、内側に入り込む断面 V字型に切 り欠かれてなり、固定細孔 36bは綴環保持部 24bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向にお いて)から下方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向かうに従って、内側に入り込む断 面 V字型に切り欠かれてなる。  The fixed pore 36a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion 24a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) downward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). The fixed pore 36b is cut into a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) to the lower side (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the binding ring holding portion 24b. It will be scraped.
[0097] 第 1綴環部材 22aは、綴環保持部 24aと操作摘み 30al及び操作摘み 30a2と綴環 40aとが合成樹脂で一体成形され、第 2綴環部材 22bは、綴環保持部 24bと操作摘 み 30bl及び 30b2と綴環 40bとが合成樹脂で一体成形されている。  [0097] In the first ring member 22a, the ring holding part 24a and the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 and the ring 40a are integrally formed of synthetic resin, and the second ring member 22b is formed of the ring holding part 24b. The operation knobs 30bl and 30b2 and the ring 40b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
[0098] 付勢部材 50は、上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向けて膨らむ断面半円弧 板状の横架部 52と、前記横架部 52の両端より下方向(綴環の突き出る方向におい て)内側に向けて突設された、左右一対の固定部 54a及び 54bとを備え、前記固定 部 54aは、綴環保持部 24aの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 36aに嵌合され、前記固定 部 54bは、綴環保持部 24bの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 36bに嵌合されて、固定細 孔 36aと固定細孔 36bを挟み込むように固定される。  [0098] The urging member 50 includes a semicircular arc plate-like horizontal section 52 that bulges upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction (direction in which the binding ring protrudes) from both ends of the horizontal section 52. And a pair of left and right fixing portions 54a and 54b projecting inwardly, and the fixing portion 54a is fitted into a fixing pore 36a extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 24a, The fixing portion 54b is fitted into a fixed pore 36b extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 24b, and is fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b.
[0099] 付勢部材 50は、横架部 52より綴環保持部 24a、 24b側に向けて、表紙 12に取り付 けるための取り付け部 56が形成された、金属製板パネである。  The urging member 50 is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion 56 for attaching to the cover 12 is formed from the horizontal portion 52 toward the binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b.
前記取り付け部 56は、幅方向の中央において、左右一対の綴環保持部 24a、 24b の合わせ部 32a、 32bに穿設された取り付け用貫通孔 38a、 38bに嵌挿され、横架部 52とは反対側の先端近傍にぉ ヽて表紙 12に固定されるように形成されて!ヽる。  The mounting portion 56 is inserted into the mounting through holes 38a and 38b formed in the matching portions 32a and 32b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a and 24b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 52 and Is formed to be fixed to the cover 12 near the tip on the opposite side.
[0100] 前記取り付け部 56は、左右一対の綴環保持部 24a、 24bの揺動を許容する高さに おいて、綴環保持部 24a、 24bが表紙 12に取り付けうるようにするための長さを備え ている。  [0100] The attachment portion 56 is a length that allows the binding ring holding portions 24a, 24b to be attached to the cover 12 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 24a, 24b to swing. Is equipped.
前記取り付け部 56は、横架部 52側と表紙 12側とに開口部 56a、 56bを備える中空 筒状本体 56cと、中空筒状本体 56cの上端部 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に全 周囲に亘つてはり出した平面視円形状つば部 56d及びつば部 56eとを備え、取り付 け部 56を横架部 52に穿設された貫通孔 52a、 52b、 52cに取り付けるとき、当初は下 側 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ 、て)のつば部 56eのみがはり出して 、るのに対し、上 側 (綴環の突き出る方向にぉ 、て)のつば部 56dは、はり出して 、な 、状態にあった ものを下側 (綴環の突き出る方向において)のつば部 56eより上側の筒状本体 56cの 部分を貫通孔 52a、 52b、 52cに挿入した後に、上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において )より筒状本体 56cの上端部 (綴環の突き出る方向において)がつぶされて、周囲に 向けて張り出し形成されたものである。 The mounting portion 56 has a hollow cylindrical main body 56c having openings 56a and 56b on the horizontal portion 52 side and the cover 12 side, and the entire upper end of the hollow cylindrical main body 56c (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). When the mounting portion 56 is attached to the through-holes 52a, 52b, 52c formed in the horizontal portion 52, the bottom portion 56d and the flange portion 56e are formed in a plan view. Only the collar part 56e on the side (ぉ in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) protrudes and The flange 56d on the side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) protrudes, and the cylindrical body on the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is located above the flange 56e. After the 56c portion is inserted into the through holes 52a, 52b, 52c, the upper end (in the protruding direction of the staple ring) of the cylindrical main body 56c is crushed from above (in the protruding direction of the staple ring), and toward the periphery. It is an overhang formed.
そして筒状本体 56cは、その筒状本体 56cの貫通孔に挿入された鉅 60により表紙 12に取り付けられる。すなわち、鉅 60の一端の引っ掛力り用頭 62aにより横架部 52 を固定するとともに他端の引っ掛力り用頭 62bにより表紙側を固定するように形成さ れている。  Then, the cylindrical main body 56c is attached to the cover sheet 12 with a flange 60 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 56c. That is, the horizontal portion 52 is fixed by the hooking force head 62a at one end of the rod 60, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 62b at the other end.
[0101] 付勢部材 50は、その上端 (表紙の高さ方向にぉ 、て)から下端 (表紙の高さ方向に おいて)に至る長さ方向の長さ力 第 1綴環部材 22aの綴環 40aを構成する最上端綴 環 40alと最下端綴環 40a2との間の長さ及び第 2綴環部材 22bの綴環 40bを構成す る最上端綴環 40alと最下端綴環 40b2との間の長さよりわずかに長く形成され、最 上端綴環 40alの内側に最上端綴環 40b 1を、最下端綴環 40b2の内側に最下端綴 環 40a2を位置するように綴環 40aが綴環 40bの間に入り込んだ状態において、操作 摘み 30blと操作摘み 30a2との間の間隔よりわずかに短く形成されている。そのよう な構成としたのは、この綴じ具 20を組み立てるときに、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとの間に 挟んだ付勢部材 50を、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとに形成された固定細孔 3 6aと固定細孔 36bとの間に跨って嵌めこみ、固定できるようにするためである。  [0101] The urging member 50 has a longitudinal force from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover) of the first binding member 22a. The length between the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40a2 constituting the binding ring 40a and the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40b2 constituting the binding ring 40b of the second binding ring member 22b The binding ring 40a is formed so that the uppermost binding ring 40b1 is positioned inside the uppermost binding ring 40al and the lowermost binding ring 40a2 is positioned inside the lowermost binding ring 40b2. In the state of being inserted between the rings 40b, the distance between the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30a2 is slightly shorter. The reason for this is that when the binding tool 20 is assembled, the urging member 50 sandwiched between the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b is attached to the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b. This is so that the fixed pore 36a and the fixed pore 36b formed can be fitted and fixed across the fixed pore 36b.
そして、付勢部材 50を綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bに固定するときは、綴 環 40aと綴環 40bとを上下方向(表紙の高さ方向において)にわずかにずらせ、一方 の綴環 40aが他方の綴環 40bの間に入り込む状態 (互 ヽ違 ヽに交差させた状態)に ぉ 、て、付勢部材 50にテンションがかからな 、状態もしくは付勢部材 50の左右の固 定部 54aと固定部 54bとの間を若干拡げた状態で綴環保持部 24aの固定細孔 36aと 綴環保持部 24bの固定細孔 36bとに嵌合させて、付勢部材 50を綴環保持部 24a及 び綴環保持部 24bに固定する。  When the urging member 50 is fixed to the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are slightly shifted in the vertical direction (in the height direction of the cover), When the binding ring 40a enters between the other binding rings 40b (a state in which the binding rings 40a cross each other), the biasing member 50 is not tensioned, and the right or left side of the biasing member 50 The biasing member 50 is fitted to the fixed hole 36a of the ring holding part 24a and the fixed hole 36b of the ring holding part 24b with the fixing part 54a and the fixed part 54b slightly expanded. Secure to the ring holder 24a and the ring holder 24b.
[0102] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとを閉じた状態 (安定した状態)にお 、ては、綴環保持部 24a の合わせ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとが接し、綴環 40aの先端と綴環 40bの先端とが当っている。 [0102] In the state where the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are closed (stable state), the alignment portion 32a of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the alignment portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24b are in contact with each other. Tip and ring of ring 40a It hits the tip of 40b.
付勢部材 50は、その幅方向における両先端の固定部 54aと固定部 54bとがやや広 げられて 、るので、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24b及び綴環 40aと綴環 40bを閉 じるように作用している。  Since the urging member 50 has the fixing portions 54a and 54b at both ends slightly widened in the width direction, the binding ring holding portion 24a, the binding ring holding portion 24b, the binding ring 40a, and the binding ring 40b. It works to close the.
付勢部材 50は、綴環保持部 24aと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54a、ヒンジ 部 26a及びヒンジ部 26b、綴環保持部 24bと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54b 力 V字状になるので、接合部たる固定部 54aと接合部たる固定部 54bとの直線距離 がやや短くなり、付勢部材 50の全体がやや広げられ、ばね力がやや働く。  The urging member 50 includes a fixing portion 54a that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, a hinge portion 26a and a hinge portion 26b, and a fixing portion that is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. 54b Since the force is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed portion 54a that is the joint and the fixed portion 54b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 50 is slightly expanded, and the spring force is slightly activated.
[0103] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが半開きの状態、すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)にお いては、綴環保持部 24aの合わせ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとは当ら ない。 [0103] When the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are in a half-open state, that is, in a neutral state (unstable state), the alignment part 32a of the binding ring holding part 24a and the matching part 32b of the binding ring holding part 24b It is not.
また、綴環 40aの先端と綴環 40bの先端とも当らない。  Also, neither the tip of the ring 40a nor the tip of the ring 40b hits.
付勢部材 50は、一番広げられているので、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24b及び 綴環 40aと綴環 40bを閉じようとするか開こうとするかというように不安定な思案点の 状態である。  Since the urging member 50 is most widened, it is unstable whether the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b and the ring 40a and the ring 40b are to be closed or opened. It is a state of thought point.
そして、付勢部材 50は、綴環保持部 24aと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54a 、ヒンジ部 26a及びヒンジ部 26b、綴環保持部 24bと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定 部 54bが、一直線状に並んだ状態になるので、接合部たる固定部 54aと接合部たる 固定部 54bとの直線距離が一番長くなる。このとき、付勢部材 50は、一番広げられた 状態となり、ばね力が一番働く。  The urging member 50 is a fixed portion 54a which is a joint between the ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, the hinge 26a and the hinge 26b, and a joint between the ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portions 54b are arranged in a straight line, the linear distance between the fixing portion 54a that is the joining portion and the fixing portion 54b that is the joining portion is the longest. At this time, the urging member 50 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
[0104] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが開いた状態 (安定した状態)においては、綴環保持部 24a の合わせ部 32aと綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32bとが当接し、綴環 40aの先端と綴 環 40bの先端とは当らない。 [0104] When the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are in an open state (stable state), the matching portion 32a of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the matching portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24b come into contact with each other, and the binding ring 40a The tip of the ring does not touch the tip of the ring 40b.
付勢部材 50は、やや広げられているので、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24b及び 支持片 28aと支持片 28bを開こうと作用している。  Since the urging member 50 is slightly expanded, it acts to open the ring holding part 24a, the ring holding part 24b, the support piece 28a, and the support piece 28b.
しかし、支持片 28aが綴環保持部 24bの下面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に当 り、支持片 28bが綴環保持部 24aの下面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に当ってい るので、それ以上に綴環 40aと綴環 40bとは開かない。 そして、付勢部材 50は、綴環保持部 24aと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定部 54a 、ヒンジ部 26a及びヒンジ部 26b、綴環保持部 24bと付勢部材 50との接合部たる固定 部 54bが、山状になるので、接合部たる固定部 54aと接合部たる固定部 54bとの直 線距離がやや短い状態となる。このとき、付勢部材 50は、やや広げられた状態となり 、ばね力がやや働く。 However, since the support piece 28a hits the lower surface (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) of the binding ring holding portion 24b and the support piece 28b hits the lower surface (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), Furthermore, the ring 40a and the ring 40b cannot be opened. The urging member 50 is a fixed portion 54a which is a joint between the ring holding portion 24a and the urging member 50, the hinge 26a and the hinge 26b, and a joint between the ring holding portion 24b and the urging member 50. Since the fixing portion 54b has a mountain shape, the straight line distance between the fixing portion 54a serving as the joining portion and the fixing portion 54b serving as the joining portion is slightly short. At this time, the urging member 50 is in a slightly expanded state, and the spring force works slightly.
[0105] 綴環 40aと綴環 40bとは、それを開くときには、左右に離れた状態にある操作摘み 3 0a2と操作摘み 30b2又は操作摘み 30alと操作摘み 30blを指で摘んでそれらの間 隔を縮めるように近づければ、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが半開きの状態、すなわち中立 の状態 (不安定な状態)力も綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが開 、た状態 (安定した状態)にな る。  [0105] When the ring 40a and the ring 40b are opened, the operation knob 30a2 and the operation knob 30b2 or the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30bl that are separated from each other are left and right. If the ring 40a and the ring 40b are half-opened, that is, the neutral state (unstable state), the ring 40a and the ring 40b are also open (stable state). become.
開いている綴環 40aと綴環 40bは、それを閉じるときには、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとの 外側面を指で摘んで両方を引き寄せれば、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとが半開きの状態、 すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)力も閉じた状態にすることができ、綴環 40aの 先端の穴 42a及び突起 44aと綴環 40bの先端の穴 42b及び突起 44bとが嵌合して安 定した状態となる。  When closing the open ring 40a and the ring 40b, grasp the outer surface of the ring 40a and the ring 40b with your fingers and pull them together, so that the ring 40a and the ring 40b are half open. The state, that is, the neutral (unstable) force, can also be closed, and the hole 42a and the protrusion 44a at the tip of the binding ring 40a and the hole 42b and the protrusion 44b at the tip of the binding ring 40b are fitted together. And become stable.
[0106] 次に、第 3の実施の形態の綴じ具 20の組み立て方法について、主として図 50ない し図 52に基づいて説明する。  Next, an assembling method of the binding tool 20 of the third embodiment will be described mainly based on FIG. 50 or FIG.
まず、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとを並行させ、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持 部 24bとを長さ方向にわずかにずらせ、一方の綴環 40aを他方の綴環 40bの間に入 り込む状態 (互い違いに交差させた状態)にし、且つ合わせ部 32aと合わせ部 32bと を突き合わせてヒンジ部 26al及びヒンジ部 26blを形成して、固定細孔 36aと固定細 孔 36bとの間隔を横架部 52の固定部 54aと固定部 54bとの間隔に略々近い長さとす る。  First, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 40a is connected to the other binding ring 40b. And the mating part 32a and the mating part 32b are abutted to form the hinge part 26al and the hinge part 26bl, and the fixed pore 36a and the fixed fine hole 36b. The distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b of the horizontal part 52 is approximately the same as the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b.
そして、横架部 52の固定部 54aを綴環保持部 24aの固定細孔 36aに嵌合させると ともに、横架部 52の固定部 54bを綴環保持部 24bの固定細孔 36bに嵌合させる。 次に、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとを開くとともに、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bをそ の長さ方向にわずかにずらし、最上端綴環 40alと最上端綴環 40bl又は最下端綴 環 40a2と最下端綴環 40b2とをそれぞれの先端が突き合わさる位置まで移動させ、 安定した状態とする。 Then, the fixing portion 54a of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixed pore 36a of the binding ring holding portion 24a, and the fixing portion 54b of the horizontal portion 52 is fitted to the fixing pore 36b of the binding ring holding portion 24b. Let Next, the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b are opened, and the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are slightly shifted in the length direction thereof, so that the top end binding ring 40al and the top end binding ring 40bl or Move the lower end binding ring 40a2 and the lowermost end binding ring 40b2 to the position where their tips meet, A stable state is assumed.
このとき、 第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bは、操作摘み 30alと操作摘み 30blとによって、及び操作摘み 30a2と操作摘み 30b2とによって、第 1綴環部材 22 a及び第 2綴環部材 22bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の高さ方向にずれることはない。 また、取り付け部 56は、綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの合わせ部 32a及び 合わせ部 32bに穿設された取り付け用貫通孔 38a及び取り付け用貫通孔 38bに嵌 合されるので、第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の 高さ方向にずれて移動することを防止されて 、る。  At this time, the first and second binding members 22a and 22b are formed by the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30bl, and by the operation knob 30a2 and the operation knob 30b2. There is no deviation in the length direction of the ring member 22b, that is, the height direction of the cover. In addition, the attachment portion 56 is fitted into the attachment through hole 38a and the attachment through hole 38b formed in the alignment portion 32a and the alignment portion 32b of the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b. The first and second ring members 22a and 22b are prevented from moving in the length direction, that is, in the height direction of the cover.
以上のような工程を経て、綴じ具 20が組み立てられる。  The binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
次に、第 3の実施の形態の綴じ具 20の別の組み立て方法について、主として図 53 な!、し図 55に基づ 、て説明する。  Next, another assembling method of the binding tool 20 of the third embodiment is mainly shown in FIG. This will be described with reference to FIG.
まず、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとを並列させ、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持 部 24bとを山折り状態にし、一方の綴環 40aと他方の綴環 40bとの間に付勢部材 50 の横架部 52の幅よりわずかに広い間隔を設け、且つ合わせ部 32aと合わせ部 32bと を突き合わせてヒンジ部 26al及びヒンジ部 26blを形成して、固定細溝 36aと固定細 溝 36bとの間隔を横架部 52の固定部 54aと固定部 54bとの間隔に略々近い長さとす る。このとき、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとの力かる状態を維持するために、 綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの下面と綴環 40a及びの綴環 40bの基部の近 傍の外側表面との形状に対応した凹み 102を有するジグ 100を準備し、該ジグ 100 により綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bと最適な形状に維持させる。  First, the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are juxtaposed, the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are folded in a mountain, and between the one ring 40a and the other ring 40b. Is provided with a space slightly wider than the width of the horizontal portion 52 of the biasing member 50, and the mating portion 32a and the mating portion 32b are abutted to form the hinge portion 26al and the hinge portion 26bl, and are fixed to the fixed narrow groove 36a. The distance from the narrow groove 36b is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed part 54a and the fixed part 54b of the horizontal part 52. At this time, in order to maintain the force applied state of the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the bottom surface of the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b and the base part of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b A jig 100 having a recess 102 corresponding to the shape of the outer surface in the vicinity is prepared, and the jig 100 is used to maintain the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b in an optimum shape.
そして、付勢部材 50は、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとの間を通過させて下方に降ろして、 横架部 52の固定部 54aを綴環保持部 24aの固定細溝 36aに嵌合させるとともに、横 架部 52の固定部 54bを綴環保持部 24bの固定細溝 36bに嵌合させる。  Then, the urging member 50 passes between the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b and is lowered to fit the fixing portion 54a of the horizontal portion 52 into the fixed narrow groove 36a of the binding ring holding portion 24a. At the same time, the fixing part 54b of the horizontal part 52 is fitted into the fixing narrow groove 36b of the binding ring holding part 24b.
このとき、付勢部材 50は、取り付け部 56が取り付けられているので、ジグ 100は、取 り付け部 56の下部を嵌合するための孔 104が穿設されており、付勢部材 50を綴環 保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとに跨って固定するときには、その孔 104に付勢部材 5 0の下部に突設された取り付け部 56の下部を嵌挿させる。  At this time, since the attaching portion 56 is attached to the urging member 50, the jig 100 has a hole 104 for fitting the lower portion of the attaching portion 56. When fixing across the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the lower part of the attaching part 56 protruding from the lower part of the biasing member 50 is inserted into the hole 104.
次に、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bをジグ 100から外せば、付勢部材 50の作 用により、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとのそれぞれの先端が突き合わさり、リング部が閉じた 安定した状態となる。 Next, when the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are removed from the jig 100, the biasing member 50 is manufactured. As a result, the tips of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b abut each other, and the ring portion is closed and is in a stable state.
以上のような工程を経て、綴じ具 20が組み立てられる。  The binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
更に、第 3の実施の形態の綴じ具 20の別の組み立て方法について、主として図 56 な!、し図 58に基づ 、て説明する。  Further, another assembling method of the binding tool 20 of the third embodiment is mainly shown in FIG. This will be described with reference to FIG.
まず、付勢部材 50をジグ 110に固定する。付勢部材 50は、横架部 52の上面を下 にしてジグ 110の凹部 112に固定され、取り付け部 56は、上向きに突設された状態 にしてジグ 110の凹部 114に固定される。  First, the urging member 50 is fixed to the jig 110. The urging member 50 is fixed to the concave portion 112 of the jig 110 with the upper surface of the horizontal portion 52 facing down, and the attachment portion 56 is fixed to the concave portion 114 of the jig 110 so as to protrude upward.
次に、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとを並列させ、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保 持部 24bとを谷折り状態にし、一方の綴環 40aと他方の綴環 40bとの間に付勢部材 5 0の横架部 52の幅よりわずかに広い間隔を設け、且つ合わせ部 32aと合わせ部 32b とを突き合わせてヒンジ部 26al及びヒンジ部 26blを形成して、固定細溝 36aと固定 細溝 36bとの間隔を横架部 52の固定部 54aと固定部 54bとの間隔に略々近い長さと する。このとき、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとの力かる状態を維持するために 、綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bの下面と綴環 40a及びの綴環 40bの基部の 近傍の外側表面との形状に対応した凹み 102を有するジグ 100を準備し、該ジグ 10 0により綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bと最適な形状に維持させる。このとき適宜 吸引する等して、ジグ 100に綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bを最適な位置 '形 状を維持して保持される。  Next, the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are juxtaposed, the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are in a valley-folded state, and the one ring 40a and the other ring 40b A space a little wider than the width of the horizontal portion 52 of the biasing member 50 is provided between them, and the mating portion 32a and the mating portion 32b are abutted to form the hinge portion 26al and the hinge portion 26bl, and the fixed narrow groove 36a And the fixed narrow groove 36b is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed portion 54a and the fixed portion 54b of the horizontal portion 52. At this time, in order to maintain the force applied state of the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the bottom surface of the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b and the base part of the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b A jig 100 having a recess 102 corresponding to the shape of the adjacent outer surface is prepared, and the jig 100 holds the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b in an optimum shape. At this time, the ring holding part 24a and the ring holding part 24b are held by the jig 100 while maintaining the optimum position and shape by appropriately sucking.
そして、綴環保持部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bは、上面を下向きにして下降させて、 横架部 52の固定部 54aを綴環保持部 24aの固定細溝 36aに嵌合させるとともに、横 架部 52の固定部 54bを綴環保持部 24bの固定細溝 36bに嵌合させる。  Then, the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b are moved downward with the upper surface facing downward so that the fixing part 54a of the horizontal part 52 is fitted into the fixed narrow groove 36a of the binding ring holding part 24a and The fixing part 54b of the frame part 52 is fitted into the fixing narrow groove 36b of the binding ring holding part 24b.
このとき、付勢部材 50は、取り付け部 56が取り付けられているので、ジグ 100は、取 り付け部 56の下部を嵌合するための孔 104が穿設されており、付勢部材 50を綴環 保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bとに跨って固定するときには、その孔 104に付勢部材 5 0の下部に突設された取り付け部 56の下部を嵌挿させる。  At this time, since the attaching portion 56 is attached to the urging member 50, the jig 100 has a hole 104 for fitting the lower portion of the attaching portion 56. When fixing across the binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the lower part of the attaching part 56 protruding from the lower part of the biasing member 50 is inserted into the hole 104.
次に、綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24bをジグ 100から外すとともに付勢部材 50 をジグ 110から外せば、付勢部材 50の作用により、綴環 40aと綴環 40bとのそれぞれ の先端が突き合わさり、リング部が閉じた安定した状態となる。 Next, if the binding ring holding portion 24a and the binding ring holding portion 24b are removed from the jig 100 and the urging member 50 is removed from the jig 110, the urging member 50 causes the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b to each move. The tip ends of each other face each other, and the ring portion is closed and is in a stable state.
以上のような工程を経て、綴じ具 20が組み立てられる。  The binding tool 20 is assembled through the above processes.
[0109] 綴環保持部 24aと綴環保持部 24b、綴環 40aと綴環 40b綴環及び付勢部材 50は、 前記一方の綴環保持部 24aに突設された綴環 40aと他方の綴環保持部 24bに突設 された綴環 40bを開 、た状態にぉ 、て、開 、た左右の綴環 40a及び綴環 40bとの間 から、付勢部材 50の固定部 54a及び固定部 54bが並置された状態の綴環保持部 24 aの固定細溝 36a及び綴環保持部 24bの固定細溝 36bに固定させることをできるよう に構成されている。 [0109] The binding ring holding part 24a and the binding ring holding part 24b, the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b, and the binding ring and the biasing member 50 include the binding ring 40a protruding from the one binding ring holding part 24a and the other binding ring 40a. When the ring 40b protruding from the ring holder 24b is opened and opened, the fixing part 54a and the fixing part 54a of the urging member 50 are fixed between the left and right rings 40a and 40b. It is configured to be fixed to the fixed narrow groove 36a of the ring holding part 24a and the fixed thin groove 36b of the ring holding part 24b in a state where the parts 54b are juxtaposed.
[0110] このように、第 3の実施の形態の綴じ具 20の第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 2 2bは、全体が合成樹脂で一体的に成形して形成されるため、成形部品の数が少なく 、成形後に組み立てやすぐ製造コストが安価になる。  [0110] As described above, the first binding ring member 22a and the second binding ring member 22b of the binding tool 20 of the third embodiment are formed by integrally molding with synthetic resin as a whole. The number of molded parts is small, and assembly and production costs are reduced immediately after molding.
[0111] さらに、この綴じ具 20では、付勢部材 50の両先端部間の間隔を広げると元に戻ろ うとする弾性力が働き、この弾性力を利用するので、たとえば板ばねやコイルばねな どの他の部品が不要であり、この点においても、組み立てやすぐ製造コストが安価 になる。  [0111] Further, in the binding tool 20, an elastic force is exerted so as to return to the original position when the interval between both ends of the urging member 50 is widened. Since this elastic force is used, for example, a leaf spring or a coil spring is used. No other parts are required, which also reduces assembly and immediate manufacturing costs.
[0112] また、この綴じ具 20では、図 47に示すように、操作摘み 30alと操作摘み 30a2又 は操作摘み 30blと操作摘み 30b2を一方向に回動して近づけることによって、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bを開くことができ、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bにたとえば綴じ孔を有す る紙などを綴じ込んだり、綴じ込んだ綴じ孔を有する紙などを綴環 40a及び綴環 40b 力 取り外したりすることができる。  [0112] Further, in this binding tool 20, as shown in Fig. 47, the operation knob 30al and the operation knob 30a2 or the operation knob 30bl and the operation knob 30b2 are rotated in one direction to approach each other. The binding ring 40b can be opened, and, for example, paper having a binding hole is bound to the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b, or paper having a binding hole is bound to the binding ring 40a and the binding ring 40b. Can be.
[0113] なお、上述の例では、綴じ具 20が表紙 12の背表紙 12aに鉅で取り付けられている 力 綴じ具 20は他のものに取り付けられてもよい。また、綴じ具 20を取り付けるため の取付具として、鉅の代わりに、たとえば、ビス、ボルト、ナットなどが用いられもよい。  [0113] In the above example, the binding tool 20 is attached to the spine cover 12a of the cover 12 with a scissors. The binding tool 20 may be attached to another. Further, for example, a screw, a bolt, a nut, or the like may be used as an attachment for attaching the binding tool 20 instead of the collar.
[0114] また、上述の綴じ具 20では、第 1綴環部材 22a及び第 2綴環部材 22bと、綴環保持 部 24a及び綴環保持部 24bと、付勢部材 50とが特定の形状や特定の数で形成され ているが、それらは全体的にあるいは部分的に他の形状や他の数で形成されてもよ い。  [0114] Further, in the above-described binding tool 20, the first binding member 22a and the second binding member 22b, the binding holder 24a and the binding holder 24b, and the biasing member 50 have a specific shape, Although formed with a specific number, they may be formed in other shapes or numbers in whole or in part.
たとえば、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bは、 D形環状に閉じられるように直線状と半円形 状というように異なった形状に形成されてもよい。また、たとえば、綴環 40a及び綴環 40bはそれぞれ 30個以外の個数で形成されてもょ 、。 For example, the ring 40a and the ring 40b are linear and semi-circular so that they can be closed into a D-shaped ring. It may be formed in different shapes such as shapes. Also, for example, the ring 40a and the ring 40b may be formed in numbers other than 30 each.
[0115] 次に、第 4の実施の形態について説明する。  [0115] Next, a fourth embodiment will be described.
図 59はこの発明が適用される第 4の実施の形態であるリングファイル用綴じ具の一 例を示す斜視図である。図 60、図 61、図 62、 63及び図 64は、そのリングファイルに 用いられる綴じ具のリング部を閉じた状態を示す斜視図、部分底面図解図、部分平 面図解図、部分正面図解図及び部分断面図解図(図 17A— A)である。図 67及び 図 68は、図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す斜視図であり、図 69及 び図 70は、図 59に示す綴じ具のリング部を開いた状態を示す部分正面図解図、部 分断面図解図である。図 72及び図 73は、図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を示 す斜視図であり、図 74、図 75及び図 76は、図 59に示す綴じ具の組み立てる状態を 示す平面図解図、部分正面図解図及び部分平面図解図である。  FIG. 59 is a perspective view showing an example of a ring file binding tool according to a fourth embodiment to which the present invention is applied. Fig. 60, Fig. 61, Fig. 62, 63 and Fig. 64 are a perspective view, a partial bottom view, a partial plan view, and a partial front view showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool used in the ring file is closed. And FIG. 17A-A is a partial cross-sectional view (FIG. 17A-A). 67 and 68 are perspective views showing a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened, and FIGS. 69 and 70 show a state in which the ring portion of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59 is opened. FIG. 2 is a partial front view and partial cross-sectional view. 72 and 73 are perspective views showing the assembled state of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59, and FIGS. 74, 75, and 76 are plan views and partial views showing the assembled state of the binding tool shown in FIG. 59. It is a front view solution and a partial plan view solution.
[0116] 第 4の実施の形態の図 59に示すリングファイル 110は、たとえばポリプロピレンなど の合成樹脂やたとえば厚紙などの紙力もなる表紙 112を含む。表紙 112は、帯状の 背表紙 112aを含み、背表紙 112aの幅方向における両端部には、表表紙 112b及び 裏表紙 112cが形成される。この表紙 112の背表紙 112aの内面には、たとえば主と して、 ABSなどの合成樹脂からなる綴じ具 120が取り付けられる。  [0116] The ring file 110 shown in FIG. 59 of the fourth embodiment includes a synthetic resin such as polypropylene, for example, and a cover 112 having a paper strength such as cardboard. The front cover 112 includes a belt-like back cover 112a, and a front cover 112b and a back cover 112c are formed at both ends in the width direction of the back cover 112a. A binding tool 120 made of synthetic resin such as ABS is mainly attached to the inner surface of the back cover 112a of the cover 112, for example.
[0117] 綴じ具 120は、図 60ないし図 66に示すように、表紙 112の取り付け領域たる背表 紙 112aの内面に対応した左右一対の第 1綴環部材 122a及び第 2綴環部材 122bが 揺動可能に連結される。  As shown in FIGS. 60 to 66, the binding tool 120 has a pair of left and right first and second binding members 122a and 122b corresponding to the inner surface of the back cover 112a, which is the attachment region of the cover 112. It is connected so that it can swing.
[0118] 一方の第 1綴環部材 122aは、表紙 112に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保持部 12 4aを含む。綴環保持部 124aは、表紙 112の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を有し、 幅方向における一端部力 ヒンジ部 126aを介して、回動可能に第 2綴環部材 122b と突き合わされる。  [0118] One of the first binding members 122a includes a strip-shaped binding member 124a attached to the cover 112. The binding ring holding portion 124a has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112, and is opposed to the second binding member 122b so as to be rotatable via the one-end force hinge portion 126a in the width direction. The
同様に、他方の第 2綴環部材 122bも、表紙 112に取り付けられる短冊状の綴環保 持部 124bを含み、綴環保持部 124bは、表紙 112の高さ方向にのびる長さ(方向)を 有し、幅方向における一端部力 ヒンジ部 126bを介して、回動可能に第 1綴環部材 1 22aと突き合わされる。 [0119] 前記左右一対の綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとは、綴環 140a及び綴環 1 40bを開閉するときにお 、て左右一対の綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとが当 接する部位たるヒンジ部 126aとヒンジ部 126bとを枢軸として、揺動自在に固定され ている。ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126bは、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124b の上部 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に形成される。 Similarly, the other second binding member 122b also includes a strip-shaped binding holder 124b attached to the cover 112, and the binding holder 124b has a length (direction) extending in the height direction of the cover 112. And has a first end force in the width direction, and is abutted against the first binding ring member 122a via the hinge portion 126b. The pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding part 124b are a pair of left and right ring holding parts 124a and a ring holding part when opening and closing the ring 140a and the ring 140b. The hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b, which are the parts that come into contact with 124b, are pivotally fixed around a pivot. The hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b are formed on the upper part (in the protruding direction of the ring) of the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとが合わされる合わせ部、すなわち、綴環保 持部 124aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bとは、平面状であ り、綴環保持部 124aの上面と下面及び綴環保持部 124bの上面と下面に略直交す るように形成され、合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bの上部 (綴環の突き出る方向 にお 、て)にヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b力形成されて!、る。  The matching portion where the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are combined, that is, the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are planar, and the binding ring It is formed so as to be substantially orthogonal to the upper surface and lower surface of the holding portion 124a and the upper surface and lower surface of the binding ring holding portion 124b, and is hinged at the upper part of the mating portion 132a and the mating portion 132b (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). The force of 126a and hinge 126b is formed!
綴環保持部 124aの上面と下面及び綴環保持部 124bの上面と下面とは、綴環 14 Oa及び綴環 140bが突き出る方向にぉ 、て、上方の面を上面と下方の面を下面と 、  The upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the upper and lower surfaces of the binding ring holding portion 124b are in the direction in which the binding ring 14Oa and the binding ring 140b protrude, and the upper surface is the upper surface and the lower surface is the lower surface. ,
[0120] 綴環保持部 124aの幅方向における他端部側すなわち合わせ部 132aの上面には 、その他端部力も外側に突き出るように、 4つの支持片 128a、 128a, · ·が長手方向 に間隔を隔てて形成される。同様に、綴環保持部 124bの幅方向における他端部側 すなわち合わせ部 132bの上面にも、その他端部から外側に突き出るように、 8つの 支持片 128b、 128b, · ·が長手方向に等間隔を隔てて形成される。 [0120] Four support pieces 128a, 128a, ··· are spaced in the longitudinal direction on the other end side in the width direction of the ring holding portion 124a, that is, on the upper surface of the mating portion 132a so that the other end force also protrudes outward. Are formed with a gap. Similarly, the eight support pieces 128b, 128b,... Are extended in the longitudinal direction on the other end side in the width direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b, that is, on the upper surface of the mating portion 132b so as to protrude outward from the other end portions. Formed at intervals.
これらの支持片 128a及び支持片 128bは、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124 bの幅方向における他端部たる合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bをつき合わせた 際に、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの幅方向における他端部側を枢軸と して、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bを互 ヽに揺動することができるように 支持するためのものであり、図 16及び図 18に示すように、相手側となる綴環保持部 1 24b及び 124aの幅方向における他端部の内面側すなわち対向する合わせ部 132a 及び合わせ部 132bに配置される。  The support piece 128a and the support piece 128b are connected to the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124a when the fitting part 132a and the fitting part 132b, which are the other ends in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b, are brought together. And the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b are supported so that they can swing together with the other end side in the width direction of the ring holding part 124b as a pivot. As shown in FIGS. 16 and 18, they are arranged on the inner surface side of the other end in the width direction of the binding ring holding portions 124b and 124a on the other side, that is, on the facing mating portions 132a and 132b.
[0121] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132a及び合わせ 部 132bは、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bから綴環 140a及び綴環 140b が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸 (ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126bの領域)が 形成され、且つ一方の綴環保持部 124aから他方の綴環保持部 124bに向けて支持 片 128aが突き出され、また他方の綴環保持部 124bから一方の綴環保持部 124aに 向けて支持片 128bが突き出されて、前記枢軸を中心にして前記合わせ部 132aと合 わせ部 132bとを離間させたときに、一方の綴環保持部 124aの支持片 128aが他方 の綴環保持部 124bの表面に当接し、また他方の綴環保持部 124bの支持片 128b がー方の綴環保持部 124aの表面に当接し左右の綴環 140aと綴環 140bとの角度を 保持するように形成され、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを開いた状態を保持するように形 成されている。 [0121] The pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the direction in which the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b protrude from the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b. On the upper side, the pivot (the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b area) A support piece 128a is formed so as to protrude from one binding ring holding portion 124a to the other binding ring holding portion 124b, and from the other binding ring holding portion 124b to the one binding ring holding portion 124a. When 128b is projected and the mating portion 132a and the mating portion 132b are separated from each other about the pivot, the support piece 128a of one of the ring holding portions 124a is the surface of the other ring holding portion 124b. And the support piece 128b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b is formed to contact the surface of the other binding ring holding portion 124a and maintain the angle between the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b, The ring 140a and the ring 140b are formed so as to hold the opened state.
[0122] 一方の綴環保持部 124aは、前記支持片 128aに連続して他方の綴環保持部 124 bの支持片 128bを収容する凹欠部 129aが形成され、且つ他方の綴環保持部 124b は、前記支持片 128aを収容する凹欠部 129bが形成されて 、る。  [0122] One of the ring holding parts 124a is formed with a recessed part 129a for receiving the support piece 128b of the other ring holding part 124b in succession to the support piece 128a, and the other ring holding part 124b is formed with a recessed portion 129b for accommodating the support piece 128a.
これは、綴じ具 120を組み立て製造するときに、前記枢軸部位 (ヒンジ部 126a及び ヒンジ部 126bの領域)にお 、ては左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 12 4bを合わせるとともに前記枢軸部位を中心にして前記合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bを離間させた状態にお ヽて左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 12 4bをその長さ方向にずらせ、一方の綴環保持部 124aの支持片 128aが他方の綴環 保持部 124bの凹欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、また他方の綴環保持部 124bの支持片 1 28bがー方の綴環保持部 124aの凹欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、左右の綴環 140aと綴 環 140bとを互 、違 、に交差させることができるように形成されて!、る。それによつて、 交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間にお 、て、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保 持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136bに、付勢部材 150の固 定部 154a及び固定部 154bが固定されるときに、左右の固定細孔 136a及び固定細 孔 136bとの間の間隔を付勢部材 150の左右の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとの間隔 に略々近い長さとなるような角度とすることができる。  This is because, when the binding tool 120 is assembled and manufactured, the pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are aligned with the pivot part (the region of the hinge part 126a and the hinge part 126b). The pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b are shifted in the length direction in a state in which the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b are separated from each other with the pivot part as a center, and one of the binding parts The support piece 128a of the ring holding portion 124a fits into the recessed portion 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is recessed in the other ring holding portion 124a. It is formed so that it can be fitted into the notch 129b and the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b can be crossed with each other. As a result, between the intersecting ring 140a and ring 140b, the biasing member is applied to the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b. When the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of 150 are fixed, the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is determined between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150. The angle can be such that the length is substantially close to the interval.
[0123] 一方の綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bに戻り防止用突起 170が突設され、他 方の綴環保持部 124aに戻り防止用凹欠部 172が穿設され、左右一対の綴環保持 部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132a及び合わせ部 132bを合わせた状 態において摺動可能で、前記戻り防止用突起 170が戻り防止用凹欠部 172に係合 されるように形成されて 、る。戻り防止用突起 170及び戻り防止用凹欠部 172によつ て、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bが表紙の高さ方向へ移動することを防 止する移動防止手段を構成する。 [0123] A return-preventing projection 170 projects from the mating portion 132b of one of the ring-holding portions 124b, and a return-preventing recessed portion 172 is formed in the other binding ring-holding portion 124a. The ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are slidable in a state where the mating portion 132a and the mating portion 132b are combined, and the return prevention protrusion 170 engages with the return prevention recess 172. Formed to be. The return prevention protrusion 170 and the return prevention recess 172 constitute a movement preventing means for preventing the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b from moving in the height direction of the cover.
[0124] 戻り防止用凹欠部 172は、組み立て時に、左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環 保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを互 、違 ヽ に交差させて、交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間において、綴環保持部 12 4a及び綴環保持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136bに、付勢 部材 150の固定部 154a及び固定部 154bが固定されるときに、左右の固定細孔 13 6a及び固定細孔 136bとの間の間隔を付勢部材 150の左右の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとの間隔に略々近い長さとなるような角度とするために、戻り防止用突起 170を 収容する組み立て用凹欠部 174が連続して形成されて 、る。  [0124] At the time of assembly, the recesses 172 for preventing return return the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions 124a and 124b in the length direction so that the right and left binding rings 140a and 140b are different from each other. The biasing member is applied to the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b formed in the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b between the crossed binding rings 140a and 140b. When the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of 150 are fixed, the interval between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set between the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150. An assembly recess 174 for accommodating the return prevention protrusion 170 is continuously formed so as to have an angle that is substantially close to the interval.
戻り防止用凹欠部 172と組み立て用凹欠部 174とは、略同じ形状であり、戻り防止 用凹欠部 172は、戻り防止用突起 170の傾斜面 170aと対応する傾斜面 172aと、戻 り防止用突起 170の係合面 170bと対応する係合面 172bとを備え、組み立て用凹欠 部 174は、戻り防止用突起 170の傾斜面 170aと対応する傾斜面 174aと戻り防止用 突起 170の係合面 170bと対応する係合面 174bとを備える。  The recessed portion 172 for preventing return and the recessed portion 174 for assembly have substantially the same shape, and the recessed portion 172 for preventing return includes an inclined surface 172a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing protrusion 170 and the return surface. The assembling recess 174 includes an inclined surface 174a corresponding to the inclined surface 170a of the return preventing projection 170 and the return preventing projection 170. Engagement surface 170b and a corresponding engagement surface 174b.
前記戻り防止用突起 170は、一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bをそ の長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bをつき合わせるときに、他方 の綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132aに摺接する傾斜面 170aと、左右の綴環 140a 及び綴環 140bをつき合わせたときに他方の綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132aに 穿設された戻り防止用凹欠部 172に係合される係合面 170bとを備える。この傾斜面 170aは、ずらす方向に!/ヽくほど低くなる斜面に形成されて 、る。  The return prevention protrusion 170 shifts the pair of ring holding parts 124a and the ring holding parts 124b in the length direction, and holds the other ring holding when the left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are brought together. Inclination 170a slidably contacting the mating portion 132a of the portion 124a, and the return prevention recess formed in the mating portion 132a of the other ring holding portion 124a when the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b are brought together And an engaging surface 170b engaged with the portion 172. This inclined surface 170a is formed on a slope that becomes lower in the direction of displacement!
[0125] 第 1綴環部材 122aは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 130a 1及び操作摘み 130a 2を有し、第 2綴環部材 122bは、長手方向の両端部に操作摘み 130bl及び操作摘 み 130b2を有する。  [0125] The first binding ring member 122a has an operation knob 130a1 and an operation knob 130a2 at both ends in the longitudinal direction, and the second binding ring member 122b has an operation knob 130bl and an operation knob at both ends in the longitudinal direction. Only 130b2.
第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130a 1と第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b 1と は、それぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 130alは、第 1綴環部材 122aより第 2綴環 部材 122bに向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操 作摘み 130blは、第 2綴環部材 122bより第 1綴環部材 122aに向けて斜め上方 (綴 環の突き出る方向において)に突設されている。 The operation knob 130al has a second binding ring member 122b from the first binding ring member 122a so that the operation knob 130a 1 of the first binding ring member 122a and the operation knob 130b 1 of the second binding ring member 122b intersect each other. Projecting diagonally upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) The knob 130bl is provided so as to project obliquely upward (in the protruding direction of the ring) from the second ring member 122b toward the first ring member 122a.
第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130a2と第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b2と は、それぞれ交差するように、操作摘み 130a2は、第 1綴環部材 122aより第 2綴環 部材 122bに向けて斜め上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に突設され、且つ、操 作摘み 130b2は、第 2綴環部材 122bより第 1綴環部材 122aに向けて斜め上方 (綴 環の突き出る方向において)に突設されている。  The operation knob 130a2 is directed from the first ring member 122a toward the second ring member 122b so that the operation knob 130a2 of the first ring member 122a and the operation knob 130b2 of the second ring member 122b intersect each other. And the operation knob 130b2 is obliquely upward from the second binding ring member 122b toward the first binding ring member 122a (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). Projected to
第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130alと操作摘み 130a2とは、その上端 (綴環の 突き出る方向において)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成し、第 2 綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b 1と操作摘み 130b2とは、その上端 (綴環の突き出 る方向において)に、それぞれ外方に向けて高く伸びる傾斜面を形成している。  The operation knob 130al and the operation knob 130a2 of the first binding ring member 122a are each formed with an inclined surface extending high outwardly at the upper end (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the second binding ring member 122b. The operation knob 130b 1 and the operation knob 130b2 each have an inclined surface that extends to the outside at the upper end (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes).
[0126] 第 1綴環部材 122aの一方の操作摘み 130alから他方の操作摘み 130a2に至る 長さ(すなわち両者の間隔)と、第 2綴環部材 122bの一方の操作摘み 130blから他 方の操作摘み 130b2に至る長さ(すなわち両者の間隔)とは略々同じに構成され、 綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの長さ方向(すなわち表紙の高さ方向)にお いて、第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130alの下側(表紙の高さ方向において)に第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130b 1が位置し、第 1綴環部材 122aの操作摘み 130a 2の下側(表紙の高さ方向において)に第 2綴環部材 122bの操作摘み 130blが位 置するように構成されている。 [0126] The length from one operation knob 130al of the first ring member 122a to the other operation knob 130a2 (that is, the distance between them) and the other operation from the one operation knob 130bl of the second ring member 122b The length reaching the knob 130b2 (that is, the distance between the two) is configured to be substantially the same, and the length direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b (that is, the height direction of the cover) is the first. The operation knob 130b 1 of the second ring member 122b is located below the operation knob 130a of the binding ring member 122a (in the height direction of the cover), and the lower side of the operation knob 130a 2 of the first ring member 122a ( The operation knob 130bl of the second binding ring member 122b is configured to be positioned (in the height direction of the cover).
したがって、第 1綴環部材 122aと第 2綴環部材 122bとは、第 1綴環部材 122a及び 第 2綴環部材 122bの長さ方向すなわち表紙の高さ方向にずれて移動することを防 止されている。ここに、表紙の高さ方向とは、図 67図示矢印 Xの上方向 ·下方向をい  Therefore, the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b are prevented from moving in the length direction of the first binding ring member 122a and the second binding ring member 122b, that is, in the height direction of the cover. Has been. Here, the height direction of the cover means the upward and downward direction of the arrow X shown in Fig. 67.
[0127] 綴環保持部 124aの外側となる上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)には、図 59、 図 72及び図 73に示すように、たとえば 26個の円弧状の綴環 140a、 140a, · ·が長 手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成される。同様に、綴環保持部 124bの外側となる 上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)にも、たとえば 26個の円弧状の綴環 140b、 14 Ob、 · ·が長手方向に一定の間隔を隔てて形成される。 これらの綴環 140a及び 140bは、つき合わされた綴環保持部 124a及び 124bのヒ ンジ咅 126a及び 126b【こお!ヽて、合わせ咅 132aと合わせ咅 132bとを、表紙 112【こ 近づけた際に閉じ、逆に表紙 112から遠ざけた際に開くように形成される。 [0127] As shown in Figs. 59, 72, and 73, on the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) on the outer side of the binding holder 124a, for example, 26 arc-shaped binding rings 140a, 140a, · · Are formed at regular intervals in the longitudinal direction. Similarly, for example, 26 arcuate ring rings 140b, 14 Ob,... On the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the ring ring) on the outer side of the ring holding part 124b are spaced apart at a certain interval in the longitudinal direction. It is formed. These binding rings 140a and 140b are formed when the hinge holders 126a and 126b of the attached holder holders 124a and 124b are attached to the cover 112 In contrast, it is formed to open when it is away from the cover 112.
また、各リング部 140aの先端には、穴 142aと突起 144aとが交互に形成され、各リ ング部 140bの先端には、リング部 140a及び 140bを閉じた際に穴 142aに嵌り合う 突起 144bと突起 144aに嵌り合う穴 142bとが交互に形成される。  In addition, holes 142a and protrusions 144a are alternately formed at the tip of each ring portion 140a, and protrusions 144b that fit into the holes 142a when the ring portions 140a and 140b are closed are formed at the tips of the respective ring portions 140b. And holes 142b that fit into the projections 144a are alternately formed.
なお、これらの突起 144a及び 144bのうちの一部のものは他のものより大きく形成さ れ、大きく形成された突起 144a及び 144bに対応する位置の穴 142a及び 142bは 他の穴 142a及び 142bより深く形成される。  Note that some of these protrusions 144a and 144b are formed larger than the others, and the holes 142a and 142b at positions corresponding to the larger protrusions 144a and 144b are larger than the other holes 142a and 142b. Deeply formed.
[0128] 綴環保持部 124aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)で綴環 140aの基部の内 側近傍に綴環保持部 124aの長手方向に伸びる固定細孔 136aが穿設され、綴環保 持部 124bの上面で綴環 140bの基部の内側近傍に綴環保持部 124bの長手方向に 伸びる固定細孔 136bが穿設されている。 [0128] A fixed pore 136a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 124a is formed in the vicinity of the inner side of the base portion of the binding ring 140a on the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the binding ring) of the binding ring holding portion 124a. On the upper surface of the holding portion 124b, a fixed pore 136b extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding ring holding portion 124b is formed near the inside of the base portion of the binding ring 140b.
固定細孔 136aは、綴環保持部 124aの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向において)から 下方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向かうに従って、内側に入り込む断面 V字型 に切り欠かれてなり、固定細孔 136bは綴環保持部 124bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方 向にお 、て)から下方 (綴環の突き出る方向にお!、て)に向かうに従って、内側に入り 込む断面 V字型に切り欠かれてなる。  The fixed pore 136a is notched into a V-shaped cross section that goes into the inside from the upper surface (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) to the lower side (in the direction in which the ring protrudes) from the upper surface of the ring holding part 124a. The pore 136b has a V-shaped cross section that enters the inside from the upper surface (in the protruding direction of the ring) toward the lower side (in the protruding direction of the ring!). It will be cut out.
[0129] 第 1綴環部材 122aは、綴環保持部 124aと操作摘み 130a 1及び操作摘み 130a2 と綴環 140aとが合成樹脂で一体成形され、第 2綴環部材 122bは、綴環保持部 124 bと操作摘み 130bl及び 130b2と綴環 140bとが合成樹脂で一体成形されている。 [0129] In the first ring member 122a, the ring ring holding part 124a and the operation knob 130a 1 and the operation knob 130a2 and the ring ring 140a are integrally formed of synthetic resin, and the second ring member 122b is formed of the ring ring holding part. 124 b, operation knobs 130bl and 130b2, and ring 140b are integrally formed of synthetic resin.
[0130] 付勢部材 150は、上方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)に向けて膨らむ断面半円 弧板状の横架部 152と、前記横架部 152の両端より下方向(綴環の突き出る方向に おいて)内側に向けて突設された、左右一対の固定部 154a及び 154bとを備え、前 記固定部 154aは、綴環保持部 124aの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 136aに嵌合され 、前記固定部 154bは、綴環保持部 124bの長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔 136bに嵌 合されて、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bの上面 (綴環の突き出る方向に おいて)に被冠され、固定細孔 136aと固定細孔 136bを挟み込むように固定される。 [0131] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bは、一対の綴環保持部 124a 及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを 互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間において、綴環 保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136 bに、付勢部材 150の固定部 154a及び 154bが固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部 1 24a及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び 140bを つき合わせるようにっき合わされるように形成されて 、るが、他方の綴環保持部 124b の前記固定細孔 136bは、付勢部材 150の固定部 154bが嵌め込まれた状態におい て一方の綴環保持部 132aとの位置をずらせるために、綴環保持部 124bをずらせる 方向(図 76矢印下方向、表紙の高さ方向の下向き)とは反対側に延長されている。 [0130] The urging member 150 includes a semicircular arc-shaped horizontal section 152 that swells upward (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes), and a downward direction (both protruding protrusions) from both ends of the horizontal section 152. A pair of left and right fixing parts 154a and 154b projecting inwardly (in the direction), and the fixing part 154a fits into the fixed pore 136a extending in the length direction of the ring holding part 124a. The fixing portion 154b is fitted into a fixing pore 136b extending in the length direction of the ring holding portion 124b, and the upper surfaces of the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b (in the protruding direction of the ring). And fixed so as to sandwich the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b. [0131] The pair of left and right binding rings 124a and the holding ring 124b shift the pair of binding rings holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b A biasing member is formed between the fixed ring 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b between the ring 140a and the ring 140b crossed alternately. 150 fixing parts 154a and 154b are fixed, and the pair of binding rings holding part 124a and binding ring holding part 124b are shifted in the length direction so that the right and left binding rings 140a and 140b are joined together. However, the fixed hole 136b of the other ring holding part 124b is displaced from the position of the one ring holding part 132a when the fixing part 154b of the urging member 150 is fitted. Therefore, the direction in which the binding ring holding portion 124b is displaced (FIG. 76, the arrow downward direction, the cover height direction downward) ) It is extended on the opposite side of the.
[0132] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bは、一対の綴環保持部 124a 及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを 互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環 140a及び綴環 140bの間において、綴環 保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに形成された固定細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136 bの間に跨らせ被冠させた状態に、付勢部材 150の固定部 154a及び固定部 154b が固定された後、一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bをその長さ方向に ずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bをつき合わされることを可能とするとともに、 付勢部材 150の固定部 154aが固定細孔 136aに及び付勢部材 150の固定部 154b が固定細孔 136bに嵌め込まれた状態で、綴環保持部 124bがずらされ且つ綴環保 持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとのつき合わせた角度が変えられ、左右の綴環 140a 及び綴環 140bがっきあわされる位置において、付勢部材 150が移動することを防止 するために移動防止手段 176が形成されて 、る。  [0132] The pair of left and right ring holders 124a and 124b is configured to shift the pair of ring holders 124a and ring holders 124b in the length direction so that the left and right rings 140a and 140b Crossing alternately, between the intersecting ring 140a and ring 140b, straddle between the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b formed in the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b. After the fixing portion 154a and the fixing portion 154b of the urging member 150 are fixed in the state of being covered with the crown, the pair of the ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portions 124b are shifted in the length direction thereof, and the left and right bindings The ring 140a and the ring 140b can be mated together, and the fixed portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a and the fixed portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136b. Thus, the ring holding portion 124b is displaced and the angle at which the ring holding portion 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are brought together changes. It is, at positions summed Ki wants right of the binding rings 140a and Tsuzuriwa 140b, and movement prevention means 176 is formed in order to prevent the biasing member 150 moves, Ru.
[0133] 前記付勢部材の移動防止手段 176は、左右一対の綴環保持部のうち一方の綴環 保持部 124bの固定細孔 136bの終端 132b 1と、他方の綴環保持部 124aの固定細 孔 136aの終端 132al及び終端 132a2のうち前記一方の綴環保持部 124bの固定 細孔 136bの終端 132blとは綴環保持部の長さ方向において反対側の終端 136al とによって形成されている。なお、綴環保持部 124aの固定細孔 136aの長さ(すなわ ち、固定細孔 136aの一方の終端 136alと固定細孔 136aの他方の終端 136a2との 間の長さ)は、付勢部材 150の固定部 154aの長さと略々同じである。 [0133] The biasing member movement preventing means 176 fixes the end 132b1 of the fixed pore 136b of one of the pair of right and left ring holders 124b and the other ring holder 124a. Of the terminal end 132al and the terminal end 132a2 of the narrow hole 136a, the fixing part 124b of the one ring holding part 124b is formed by the terminal part 136al on the opposite side in the length direction of the ring holding part. Note that the length of the fixed pore 136a of the ring holding portion 124a (that is, the length between one end 136al of the fixed pore 136a and the other end 136a2 of the fixed pore 136a). The length between them is substantially the same as the length of the fixing portion 154a of the urging member 150.
[0134] 付勢部材 150は、横架部 152より綴環保持部 124a、 124b側に向けて、表紙 112 に取り付けるための取り付け部 156が形成された、金属製板パネである。 The urging member 150 is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion 156 for attachment to the cover 112 is formed from the horizontal portion 152 toward the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b.
前記取り付け部 156は、幅方向の中央において、左右一対の綴環保持部 124a、 1 24bの合わせ部 132a、 132bに穿設された取り付け用貫通孔 138a、 138bに嵌挿さ れ、横架部 152とは反対側の先端近傍において表紙 112に固定されるように形成さ れている。  The attachment portion 156 is inserted into the attachment through holes 138a and 138b formed in the matching portions 132a and 132b of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b at the center in the width direction, and the horizontal portion 152 It is formed so as to be fixed to the cover 112 in the vicinity of the tip on the opposite side.
[0135] 前記取り付け部 156は、左右一対の綴環保持部 124a、 124bの揺動を許容する高 さにおいて、綴環保持部 124a、 124bが表紙 112に取り付けうるようにするための長 さを備えている。この実施の形態においては、取り付け部 156は、付勢部材 150の横 架部 152の表紙の高さ方向において上端及び下端の近傍と中央とに設けられている 前記取り付け部 156は、横架部 152側と表紙 112側とに開口部 156a、 156bを備 える中空筒状本体 156cと、中空筒状本体 156cの上端部に全周囲に亘つてはり出し た平面視円形状つば部 156d及びつば部 156eとを備え、取り付け部 156を横架部 1 52に穿設された貫通孔 152a、 152b, 152cに取り付けるとき、当初は下側(綴環の 突き出る方向にお 、て)のつば部 156eのみがはり出して 、るのに対し、上側 (綴環の 突き出る方向にぉ 、て)のつば部 156dは、はり出して ヽな 、状態にあったものを下 側 (綴環の突き出る方向において)のつば部 156eより上側 (綴環の突き出る方向に お!ヽて)の筒状本体 156cの咅分を貫通孑し 152a、 152b, 152c【こ挿人した後【こ、上 方 (綴環の突き出る方向において)より筒状本体 156cの上端部 (綴環の突き出る方 向にお 、て)がつぶされて、周囲に向けて張り出し形成されたものである。  [0135] The attachment portion 156 has a length that allows the binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to be attached to the cover 112 at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and 124b to swing. I have. In this embodiment, the mounting portion 156 is provided in the vicinity of the upper end and the lower end and in the center in the height direction of the cover of the horizontal portion 152 of the urging member 150. A hollow cylindrical body 156c having openings 156a, 156b on the 152 side and the cover 112 side, and a circular flange 156d in plan view protruding from the upper end of the hollow cylindrical body 156c over the entire circumference and a collar 156e, and when attaching the attachment part 156 to the through holes 152a, 152b, 152c drilled in the horizontal part 152, only the collar part 156e on the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) initially On the other hand, the collar portion 156d on the upper side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is extended to the lower side (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes). Penetrates the prosthesis of the cylindrical body 156c above the collar 156e (in the direction of the protruding ring) 152a, 152b, 152c [After insertion, the upper end of the cylindrical body 156c (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) is crushed from the top (in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes) It is formed to project toward the periphery.
そして筒状本体 156cは、その筒状本体 156cの貫通孔に揷入された鉅 160により 表紙 112に取り付けられる。すなわち、鉅 160の一端の引っ掛力り用頭 162aにより 横架部 152を固定するとともに他端の引っ掛力り用頭 162bにより表紙側を固定する ように形成されている。  Then, the cylindrical main body 156c is attached to the cover 112 by a hook 160 inserted into the through hole of the cylindrical main body 156c. That is, the horizontal portion 152 is fixed by the hooking force head 162a at one end of the rod 160, and the cover side is fixed by the hooking force head 162b at the other end.
[0136] 左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bは、表紙の高さ方向にのびる 長さを有し、取り付け部 156を嵌挿するための取り付け用貫通孔 138a及び取り付け 用貫通孔 138bが穿設されている。 [0136] The pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b have a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and are attached through holes 138a for attachment and attachments for attaching the attachment portion 156. A through hole 138b for use is formed.
前記取り付け用貫通孔 138a及び取り付け用貫通孔 138bは、取り付け部 156の正 規の取り付け位置に形成されるとともに、他方の綴環保持部 124bの取り付け用貫通 孔 138bは、正規の取り付け位置力も連続して少なくとも取り付け部 156を収容するた めの組み立て用貫通孔 138blが形成されている。これは、綴じ具 120を組み立て製 造するときに、取り付け部 186が取り付け用貫通孔 138aと組立て用貫通孔 138blと に嵌まり込み、前記枢軸部位においては左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保 持部 124bを合わせるとともに前記枢軸部位を中心にして前記合わせ部 132a及び 合わせ部 132bを離間させた状態にお 、て左右一対の綴環保持部 124a及び綴環 保持部 124bをその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環 140a及び綴環 140bを互 、違 ヽ に交差させることができるように形成されて 、る。  The mounting through-hole 138a and the mounting through-hole 138b are formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion 156, and the mounting through-hole 138b of the other binding ring holding portion 124b has a normal mounting position force. Thus, an assembly through-hole 138bl for accommodating at least the mounting portion 156 is formed. This is because when the binding tool 120 is assembled and manufactured, the mounting portion 186 fits into the mounting through hole 138a and the assembly through hole 138bl, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and In a state in which the ring holding portion 124b is aligned and the alignment portion 132a and the alignment portion 132b are separated from each other about the pivot portion, the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions 124a and the ring holding portion 124b are arranged in the length direction. The left and right ring rings 140a and 140b are formed so as to be able to cross each other.
付勢部材 150は、その上端 (表紙の高さ方向にぉ 、て)から下端 (表紙の高さ方向 において)に至る長さ方向の長さが、第 1綴環部材 122aの綴環 140aを構成する最 上端綴環 140alと最下端綴環 140a2との間の長さ及び第 2綴環部材 122bの綴環 1 40bを構成する最上端綴環 140alと最下端綴環 140b2との間の長さよりわずかに長 く形成され、最上端綴環 140alの内側に最上端綴環 140blを、最下端綴環 140b2 の内側に最下端綴環 140a2を位置するように綴環 140aが綴環 140bの間に入り込 んだ状態にお 、て、操作摘み 130b 1と操作摘み 130a2との間の間隔よりわずかに 短く形成されている。そのような構成としたのは、この綴じ具 120を組み立てるときに、 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとの間に挟んだ付勢部材 150を、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保 持部 124bとに形成された固定細孔 136aと固定細孔 136bとの間に跨って嵌めこみ 、固定できるようにするためである。  The biasing member 150 has a length in the length direction from the upper end (in the height direction of the cover) to the lower end (in the height direction of the cover), and the binding ring 140a of the first binding member 122a is The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140a2 and the binding ring of the second binding member 122b 1 The length between the uppermost binding ring 140al and the lowermost binding ring 140b2 constituting the 40b The upper ring 140a is positioned between the ring 140b so that the uppermost ring 140bl is positioned inside the uppermost ring 140al and the lowermost ring 140a2 is positioned inside the lowermost ring 140b2. In the intruded state, it is formed slightly shorter than the interval between the operation knob 130b1 and the operation knob 130a2. The reason for this configuration is that when the binding tool 120 is assembled, the biasing member 150 sandwiched between the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b is attached to the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b. This is because the fixed pore 136a and the fixed pore 136b that are formed are fitted between the fixed pore 136a and can be fixed.
そして、付勢部材 150を綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに固定するときは 、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを上下方向(表紙の高さ方向において)にわずかにずらせ 、一方の綴環 140aが他方の綴環 140bの間に入り込む状態(互い違いに交差させた 状態)において、付勢部材 150にテンション力かからない状態もしくは付勢部材 150 の左右の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとの間を若干拡げた状態で綴環保持部 124a の固定細孔 136aと綴環保持部 124bの固定細孔 136bとに嵌合させて、付勢部材 1 50を綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bに固定する。 When the urging member 150 is fixed to the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b, the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are slightly shifted in the vertical direction (in the height direction of the cover), In a state in which the binding ring 140a enters between the other binding rings 140b (a state in which the binding rings 140b are alternately crossed), the biasing member 150 is not applied with a tension force, or the right and left fixing portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150 In a state where the gap is slightly widened, the biasing member 1 is fitted into the fixed hole 136a of the ring holding part 124a and the fixed hole 136b of the ring holding part 124b. 50 is fixed to the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b.
[0138] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを閉じた状態 (安定した状態)においては、綴環保持部 12 4aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bとが離間した状態となり、 綴環 140aの先端と綴環 140bの先端とが当っている。 [0138] In a state in which the ring 140a and the ring 140b are closed (stable state), the alignment part 132a of the ring holding part 124a and the alignment part 132b of the ring holding part 124b are separated from each other. The tip of the ring 140a and the tip of the ring 140b are in contact.
付勢部材 150は、その幅方向における両先端の固定部 154aと固定部 154bとがや や広げられて!/ヽるので、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124b及び綴環 140aと綴環 140bを閉じるように作用して 、る。  The urging member 150 has a fixed portion 154a and a fixed portion 154b at both ends in the width direction that are slightly expanded! / Ring, so that the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b and the binding ring 140a and the binding member 150 Acts to close ring 140b.
付勢部材 150は、綴環保持部 124aと付勢部材 150との接合部たる固定部 154a、 ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b、綴環保持部 124bと付勢部材 150との接合部たる 固定部 154bが、 V字状になるので、接合部たる固定部 154aと接合部たる固定部 15 4bとの直線距離がやや短くなり、付勢部材 150の全体がやや広げられ、ばね力がや や働く。  The urging member 150 is a fixed portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the urging member 150, and a fixing portion, which is a joint portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the urging member 150. Since 154b is V-shaped, the linear distance between the fixed part 154a that is the joint and the fixed part 15 4b that is the joint is slightly shortened, the entire biasing member 150 is slightly widened, and the spring force works slightly. .
[0139] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが半開きの状態、すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)に ぉ 、ては、綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132b とは当らない。  [0139] When the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are in a half-open state, that is, in a neutral state (unstable state), the matching portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the matching portion of the binding ring holding portion 124b It does not hit 132b.
また、綴環 140aの先端と綴環 140bの先端とも当らない。  Further, neither the front end of the binding ring 140a nor the front end of the binding ring 140b hits.
付勢部材 150は、一番広げられているので、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124b 及び綴環 140aと綴環 140bを閉じようとするか開こうとするかというように不安定な思 案点の状態である。  Since the urging member 150 is most widened, it is unstable whether the ring holding part 124a and the ring holding part 124b and the ring 140a and the ring 140b are to be closed or opened. This is the state of thought.
そして、付勢部材 150は、綴環保持部 124aと付勢部材 150との接合部たる固定部 154a,ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b、綴環保持部 124bと付勢部材 150との接 合部たる固定部 154bが、一直線状に並んだ状態になるので、接合部たる固定部 15 4aと接合部たる固定部 154bとの直線距離が一番長くなる。このとき、付勢部材 150 は、一番広げられた状態となり、ばね力が一番働く。  The biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the fixing portions 154b are aligned in a straight line, the linear distance between the fixing portion 154a as the joint portion and the fixing portion 154b as the joint portion is the longest. At this time, the urging member 150 is in the most unfolded state, and the spring force works most.
[0140] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが開いた状態 (安定した状態)においては、綴環保持部 1 24aの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bと力当接し、綴環 140a の先端と綴環 140bの先端とは当らない。 [0140] When the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are in an open state (stable state), the binding portion 132a of the binding ring holding portion 1 24a and the matching portion 132b of the binding ring holding portion 124b are brought into force contact with each other. The tip of 140a does not touch the tip of ring 140b.
付勢部材 150は、やや広げられているので、綴環保持部 124aのヒンジ部 126aと綴 環保持部 124bのヒンジ部 126bとを開こうと作用して 、る。 Since the urging member 150 is slightly widened, the binding member 150a of the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding member It acts to open the hinge part 126b of the ring holding part 124b.
しかし、綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132aと綴環保持部 124aの合わせ部 132bと が当っているので、それ以上に綴環 140aと綴環 140bとは開かない。  However, since the matching part 132a of the binding ring holding part 124b and the matching part 132b of the binding ring holding part 124a are in contact with each other, the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b cannot be opened any further.
そして、付勢部材 150は、綴環保持部 124aと付勢部材 150との接合部たる固定部 154a,ヒンジ部 126a及びヒンジ部 126b、綴環保持部 124bと付勢部材 150との接 合部たる固定部 154bが、山状になるので、接合部たる固定部 154aと接合部たる固 定部 154bとの直線距離がやや短い状態となる。このとき、付勢部材 150は、やや広 げられた状態となり、ばね力がやや働く。  The biasing member 150 includes a fixing portion 154a, a hinge portion 126a and a hinge portion 126b, which are joint portions between the binding ring holding portion 124a and the biasing member 150, and a connecting portion between the binding ring holding portion 124b and the biasing member 150. Since the barrel fixing portion 154b has a mountain shape, the linear distance between the junction fixing portion 154a and the junction fixing portion 154b is slightly shorter. At this time, the urging member 150 is in a slightly widened state, and the spring force works slightly.
[0141] 綴環 140aと綴環 140bとは、それを開くときには、左右に離れた状態にある操作摘 み 130a2と操作摘み 130b2又は操作摘み 130a 1と操作摘み 130b 1を指で摘んで それらの間隔を縮めるように近づければ、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが半開きの状態、 すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)力も綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが開 、た状態 (安 定した状態)になる。 [0141] When the ring 140a and the ring 140b are opened, the operation knob 130a2 and the operation knob 130b2 or the operation knob 130a 1 and the operation knob 130b 1 which are separated from each other are picked with fingers. If the distance is reduced, the ring 140a and the ring 140b are in a half-open state, that is, the neutral (unstable) force is also applied to the ring 140a and the ring 140b (stable) State).
開いている綴環 140aと綴環 140bは、それを閉じるときには、綴環 140aと綴環 140 bとの外側面を指で摘んで両方を引き寄せれば、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとが半開き の状態、すなわち中立の状態 (不安定な状態)から閉じた状態にすることができ、綴 環 140aの先端の穴 142a及び突起 144aと綴環 140bの先端の穴 142b及び突起 14 4bとが嵌合して安定した状態となる。  When closing the open ring 140a and the ring 140b, if the outer surfaces of the ring 140a and the ring 140b are gripped with fingers and pulled together, the ring 140a and the ring 140b are half-opened. From the neutral state (unstable state) to the closed state, and the holes 142a and projections 144a at the end of the ring 140a and the holes 142b and 144b at the end of the ring 140b are fitted. Together, it becomes a stable state.
[0142] 次に、第 4の実施の形態である綴じ具 120の組み立て方法について、主として図 7 2な 、し図 78に基づ 、て説明する。 Next, a method for assembling the binding tool 120 according to the fourth embodiment will be described mainly based on FIG. 72 and FIG.
まず、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124bとを並行させ、綴環保持部 124aと綴環 保持部 124bとを長さ方向にわずかにずらせ、一方の綴環 140aを他方の綴環 140b の間に入り込む状態 (互い違いに交差させた状態)にし、且つ合わせ部 132aと合わ せ部 132bとを突き合わせてヒンジ部 126al及びヒンジ部 126b 1を形成して、固定細 孔 136aと固定細孔 136bとの間隔を付勢部材 150の固定部 154aと固定部 154bと の間隔に略々近い長さとする。  First, the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are arranged in parallel, the binding ring holding part 124a and the binding ring holding part 124b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and one binding ring 140a is connected to the other binding ring 140b. Between the mating part 132a and the mating part 132b to form the hinge part 126al and the hinge part 126b 1 to form the fixed hole 136a and the fixed hole 136b. Is set to a length substantially close to the distance between the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of the urging member 150.
このとき、一方の綴環保持部 124aの支持片 128aが他方の綴環保持部 124bの凹 欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、また他方の綴環保持部 124bの支持片 128bがー方の綴環 保持部 124aの凹欠部 129bに嵌まり込み、左右の綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを互 ヽ違 いに交差する。 At this time, the support piece 128a of one of the ring holding portions 124a is fitted into the recess 129b of the other ring holding portion 124b, and the support piece 128b of the other ring holding portion 124b is the other ring. It fits into the recessed part 129b of the holding part 124a, and the left and right binding rings 140a and 140b intersect each other.
[0143] そして、付勢部材 150の固定部 154aを綴環保持部 124aの固定細孔 136aに嵌合 させるとともに、付勢部材 150の固定部 154bを綴環保持部 124bの固定細孔 136b に嵌合させる。  Then, the fixing portion 154a of the biasing member 150 is fitted into the fixed pore 136a of the binding ring holding portion 124a, and the fixing portion 154b of the biasing member 150 is fixed to the fixing pore 136b of the binding ring holding portion 124b. Fit.
付勢部材 150の固定部 154a及び固定部 154bが固定されるときには、左右の固定 細孔 136a及び固定細孔 136bとの間の間隔を付勢部材 150の左右の固定部 154a と固定部 154bとの間隔に略々近い長さとなるような角度とするために、戻り防止用突 起 170は糸且み立て用凹欠部 174に収容されて 、る。  When the fixed portion 154a and the fixed portion 154b of the biasing member 150 are fixed, the distance between the left and right fixed pores 136a and 136b is set to the left and right fixed portions 154a and 154b of the biasing member 150. The return preventing protrusion 170 is accommodated in the thread take-up recess 174 so that the angle is set to a length that is substantially close to the distance between the two.
[0144] 次に、綴環 140aと綴環 140bとを開くととも〖こ、綴環保持部 124aと綴環保持部 124 bをその長さ方向にわずかにずらし、最上端綴環 140alと最上端綴環 140bl又は最 下端綴環 140a2と最下端綴環 140b2とをそれぞれの先端が突き合わさる位置まで 移動させ、安定した状態とする。 [0144] Next, when the binding ring 140a and the binding ring 140b are opened, the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are slightly shifted in the length direction, and the uppermost binding ring 140al and the The upper end binding ring 140bl or the lowermost end binding ring 140a2 and the lowermost end binding ring 140b2 are moved to a position where their respective tips meet each other to be in a stable state.
このとき、一方の綴環保持部 124bの合わせ部 132bに突設された戻り防止用突起 170は、他方の綴環保持部 124aに穿設された組み立て用凹欠部 174より抜け出て 戻り防止用凹欠部 172に嵌合される。戻り防止用突起 170及び戻り防止用凹欠部 1 72に係合されることによって、綴環保持部 124a及び綴環保持部 124bが表紙の高さ 方向へ移動することを防止される。また、取り付け部 156は取り付け用貫通孔 138a 及び取り付け用貫通孔 138bに位置する。  At this time, the return-preventing protrusion 170 protruding from the mating portion 132b of one binding ring holding portion 124b comes out of the assembly recess 174 formed in the other binding ring holding portion 124a and is used for return prevention. It is fitted into the recess 172. By being engaged with the return prevention protrusion 170 and the return prevention recess 172, the binding ring holding portion 124a and the binding ring holding portion 124b are prevented from moving in the height direction of the cover. Further, the attachment portion 156 is located in the attachment through hole 138a and the attachment through hole 138b.
以上のような工程を経て、綴じ具 120が組み立てられる。  The binding tool 120 is assembled through the above processes.
産業上の利用可能性  Industrial applicability
[0145] この発明に力かる綴じ具は、たとえばリングファイルやバインダの綴じ具に適用でき る。 [0145] The binding tool useful for the present invention can be applied to, for example, a ring file or a binder for a binder.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] ファイル 'バインダの表紙の取り付け領域に取り付けられる綴じ具であって、  [1] File 'A binding tool that is attached to the attachment area of the binder cover,
表紙に取り付けられる左右一対の綴環保持部と、  A pair of left and right binding rings attached to the cover;
表紙の取り付け部位より離れる方向に向けて突き出るように、前記綴環保持部に形 成された綴環と、  A ring formed in the ring holding part so as to protrude in a direction away from the attachment portion of the cover;
前記左右一対の綴環保持部の間に跨って、綴環の形成された面上において架け 渡された付勢部材とを含み、  An urging member straddled between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions and spanned on the surface on which the binding ring is formed,
前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、左右一対の綴環保持部が当接する部位を枢軸と して揺動自在に固定され、  The pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are fixed so as to be swingable about a portion where the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions abuts.
前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向 に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍に ぉ 、てその両端が固定され、綴環保持部の上面に近 、高さにお 、て綴環保持部に 固定された、ファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。  The biasing member has a length extending in a length direction of the ring holding part, and a base of the ring of the ring holding part so as to bias the ring holding part in a direction to close the ring. A file binding tool for a binder, in which both ends of the lever are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the belt, near the upper surface of the binding ring holding portion, and fixed to the binding ring holding portion at a height.
[2] 付勢部材は、断面半円弧板状の横架部と、  [2] The urging member includes a horizontal cross-section with a semicircular arc plate shape in cross section,
前記横架部の両端より下方向内側に向けて突設された、固定部とを備え、 前記固定部は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる固定細孔に嵌合されて、挟み込 むように固定される、請求項 1に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。  A fixing portion protruding downward inward from both ends of the horizontal portion, and the fixing portion is fitted into a fixing pore extending in the length direction of the binding ring holding portion and sandwiched 2. The binder for a file binder according to claim 1, wherein the binding tool is fixed so as to be fixed.
[3] 綴環保持部は、板状で、その幅方向の両端において、その長さ方向に適宜な間隔 をおいて綴環が形成され、 [3] The binding ring holding portion is plate-shaped, and a binding ring is formed at both ends in the width direction at appropriate intervals in the length direction.
その長さ方向の両端において、操作挟みが綴環の突き出る方向に向けて伸びるよ うに突設され、且つ、  At both ends in the length direction, the operation clip protrudes so as to extend toward the protruding direction of the binding ring, and
左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の 綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成さ れた固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長 さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにつき合わされた、請求項 1または 請求項 2に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。  The pair of right and left ring holders are formed in the ring holder between the crossed rings by shifting the pair of ring holders in the length direction and crossing the left and right ring rings alternately. The fixed portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixed fixing hole, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought into contact with each other. 2. A binder for binders according to 2.
[4] 付勢部材は、横架部より綴環保持部側に向けて、表紙に取り付けるための取り付け 部が形成された、金属製板パネである、請求項 1ないし請求項 3のいずれかに記載 のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。 [4] The biasing member according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the urging member is a metal plate panel in which an attachment portion for attachment to the cover is formed from the horizontal portion toward the binding ring holding portion. Described in File binder binding tool.
[5] 前記取り付け部は、幅方向の中央において、左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部 に穿設された取り付け用貫通孔に嵌挿され、横架部とは反対側の先端近傍において 表紙に固定されるように形成された、請求項 4に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。  [5] The attachment portion is inserted into an attachment through-hole formed in a fitting portion of the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions at the center in the width direction, and is attached in the vicinity of the tip opposite to the horizontal portion. The file binder binder according to claim 4, wherein the file binder binder is formed so as to be fixed to the file binder.
[6] 前記取り付け部は、左右一対の綴環保持部の揺動を許容する高さにおいて、綴環 保持部が表紙に取り付けうるようにするための長さを備えた、請求項 4又は請求項 5 のいずれか〖こ記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。  [6] The claim 4 or claim 4, wherein the attachment portion has a length for allowing the binding ring holding portion to be attached to the cover at a height that allows the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions to swing. The file according to any one of items 5 to 'Binder binding tool.
[7] 前記取り付け部は、横架部側と表紙側とに開口部を備える中空筒状であり、その貫 通孔に挿入された鉅により、一端の引っ掛力り用頭により横架部を固定するとともに 他端の引っ掛力り用頭により表紙側を固定するように形成された、請求項 4ないし請 求項 6のいずれか〖こ記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。  [7] The mounting part is a hollow cylinder having openings on the side of the horizontal part and the cover side, and the horizontal part is attached to the hook for one end by a hook inserted into the through hole. The file 'binder binding tool according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the file is formed so that the cover side is fixed by a head for catching force at the other end.
[8] 綴環保持部、綴環及び付勢部材は、前記一方の綴環保持部に突設された綴環と 他方の綴環保持部に突設された綴環を開 ヽた状態にぉ 、て、開 、た左右の綴環の 間から、付勢部材の固定部が並列された状態の綴環保持部の固定細溝に固定させ ることをできるように構成された、請求項 1ないし請求項 3に記載のファイル 'バインダ 用綴じ具。  [8] The binding ring holding portion, the binding ring, and the biasing member are in a state where the binding ring protruding from the one binding ring holding portion and the binding ring protruding from the other binding ring holding portion are opened.請求 It is configured to be able to be fixed to the fixed narrow groove of the binding ring holding portion in a state where the fixing portion of the biasing member is juxtaposed between the left and right binding rings. The file according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the binder is a binder.
[9] 前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、綴環を開閉するときにおいて左右一対の綴環保 持部が当接及び Z又は近接する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定され、  [9] The pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are fixed so as to be swingable with the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions abutting and Z or close to the pivot when opening and closing the binding rings,
前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向 に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍に おいてその両端が固定され、綴環保持部の綴環の突き出る側の面に近い高さにお V、て綴環保持部に固定された、請求項 1に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具  The biasing member has a length extending in a length direction of the ring holding part, and a base of the ring of the ring holding part so as to bias the ring holding part in a direction to close the ring. 2. The file according to claim 1, wherein both ends thereof are fixed in the vicinity of the inner side of the ring, and are fixed to the binding ring holding part at a height close to the surface of the binding ring holding part protruding from the side of the ring ring. · Binding tool for binder
[10] 左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部は、綴環保持部力 綴環が突き出る方向にお いて上側に、枢軸が形成され、且つ一方の綴環保持部から他方の綴環保持部に向 けて支持片が突き出されて、前記枢軸を中心にして前記合わせ部を離間させたとき に、一方の綴環保持部の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の表面に当接し左右の綴環 の角度を保持するように形成された、請求項 9に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。  [10] The matching portion of the pair of left and right binding rings includes a binding ring holding force, and a pivot is formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding ring protrudes, and from one binding ring holding part to the other ring holding part. When the support piece is projected toward the center and the fitting portion is separated from the pivot, the support piece of one of the ring holding portions comes into contact with the surface of the other ring holding portion and 10. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 9, wherein the binding tool is configured to maintain an angle of the binding ring.
[11] 左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部は、綴環保持部力 綴環が突き出る方向にお いて上側に、枢軸が形成され、且つ前記枢軸を中心にして綴環を開いたときに一方 の綴環保持部の合わせ部と他方の綴環保持部の合わせ部とが突き合わされて左右 の綴環保持部の角度を保持するとともに綴環を開いた状態を保持するように形成さ れた、請求項 9又は請求項 10に記載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。 [11] The matching portion of the pair of left and right binding rings is arranged in the direction in which the binding ring force protrudes. A pivot is formed on the upper side, and when the binding ring is opened around the pivot, the matching part of one binding ring holding part and the matching part of the other binding ring holding part are brought into contact with each other, so 11. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the binding tool is configured to hold an angle of the ring holding portion and hold a state in which the binding ring is opened.
[12] 左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、綴環保持部から 綴環が突き出る方向において上側に、枢軸が形成され、且つ、一方の綴環保持部か ら他方の綴環保持部に向けて支持片が突き出されて、前記枢軸を中心にして前記 合わせ部を離間させたときに、一方の綴環保持部の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の 表面に当接し枢軸が形成され、且つ左右の合わせ部の角度を保持するように形成さ れ、 [12] The pair of left and right binding rings has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, a pivot is formed on the upper side in the direction in which the binding rings protrude from the binding ring holding section, and one binding ring When the support piece protrudes from the holding portion toward the other ring holding portion and the fitting portion is separated from the pivot, the support piece of the one ring holding portion is moved to the other ring ring. A pivot is formed in contact with the surface of the holding part, and is formed so as to hold the angle of the left and right mating parts,
前記支持片に連続して少なくとも支持片を収容する凹欠部が形成され、前記枢軸 部位にぉ 、ては左右一対の綴環保持部を合わせるとともに前記枢軸部位を中心に して前記合わせ部を離間させた状態において左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方 向にずらせ、一方の綴環保持部の支持片が他方の綴環保持部の凹欠部に嵌まり込 み、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させることができるように形成された、請求項 9ない し請求項 11の 、ずれかに記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。  A concave portion that accommodates at least the support piece is formed continuously with the support piece, and a pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with the pivot portion, and the alignment portion is formed around the pivot portion. In the separated state, the pair of left and right ring holders are shifted in the length direction, and the support piece of one of the ring holders fits into the recessed part of the other ring holder, The file 'binder binding tool according to claim 9 or 11, wherein the ring is formed so that the rings can be alternately crossed.
[13] 左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、取り付け部を嵌 挿するための取り付け用貫通孔が穿設され、  [13] The pair of left and right binding ring holding portions have a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and are provided with mounting through holes for inserting the mounting portions.
前記取り付け用貫通孔は、取り付け部の正規の取り付け位置に形成されるとともに 正規の取り付け位置力 連続して少なくとも取り付け部を収容するための組み立て用 貫通孔が形成され、取り付け部が組立て用貫通孔に嵌まり込み、前記枢軸部位にお いては左右一対の綴環保持部を合わせるとともに前記枢軸部を中心にして前記合わ せ部を離間させた状態において左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、 左右の綴環を互 、違いに交差させることができるように形成された、請求項 9な 、し 請求項 12のいずれかに記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。  The mounting through-hole is formed at a normal mounting position of the mounting portion, and a normal mounting position force is continuously formed. The mounting through-hole for receiving at least the mounting portion is formed, and the mounting portion is the through-hole for assembly. The pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are aligned with each other at the pivot portion, and the length of the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions in the state where the alignment portions are separated from each other about the pivot portion. The file 'binder binding tool according to any one of claims 9 and 12, wherein the binding tool is formed so that the left and right binding rings can cross each other in a different direction.
[14] 前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、左右一対の綴環保持部が当接する部位を枢軸と して揺動自在に固定され、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、綴環保持部の長さ 方向にのびる付勢部材を固定する固定細孔が形成されるとともに、表紙の高さ方向 への移動防止手段が形成され、 [14] The pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are fixed so as to be swingable around a portion where the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions abuts, and have a length extending in the height direction of the cover. A fixed pore is formed to fix the biasing member extending in the length direction of the ring holder, and the height direction of the cover A means of preventing movement to
前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向 に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍に おいてその両端が前記固定細孔に固定され、綴環保持部の綴環の突き出る側の面 に近 ヽ高さにぉ ヽて綴環保持部に固定された、請求項 1に記載のファイル ·バインダ 用綴じ具。  The biasing member has a length extending in a length direction of the ring holding part, and a base of the ring of the ring holding part so as to bias the ring holding part in a direction to close the ring. The both ends are fixed to the fixed pore in the vicinity of the inner side of the ring, and are fixed to the ring holding part at a height close to the surface on the protruding side of the ring holding part. The file binder binder described in 1.
[15] 左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、綴環保持部の合 わせ部は、一方の綴環保持部に戻り防止用突起が突設され、他方の綴環保持部に 戻り防止用凹欠部が穿設され、  [15] The pair of left and right binding rings has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the mating part of the binding rings is provided with a protrusion for preventing return on one of the binding rings. The other ring holding part is provided with a recess for preventing return,
左右一対の綴環保持部の合わせ部を合わせた状態において摺動可能で、 前記戻り防止用突起が戻り防止用凹欠部に係合されるように形成された、請求項 1 4に記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。  15. The slide according to claim 14, wherein the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are slidable in a combined state, and the return prevention protrusion is formed to engage with the return prevention recess. File 'Binding tool for binder.
[16] 左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の 綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成さ れた固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長 さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わされるように形成され、  [16] The pair of left and right binding rings is configured such that the pair of binding rings is shifted in the length direction, the left and right binding rings are alternately crossed, and the binding rings holding section is between the intersecting rings. The fixed portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixed pores formed in (2), and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought together,
前記戻り防止用突起は、長さ方向にずらせるときに他方の綴環保持部の合わせ部 に摺接する傾斜面と、左右の綴環をつき合わせたときに他方の綴環保持部の合わせ 部に穿設された戻り防止用凹欠部に係合される係合面とを備える、請求項 15に記載 のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。  The return prevention protrusion is formed by aligning the inclined surface that is in sliding contact with the mating portion of the other ring holding portion when displaced in the length direction and the mating portion of the other ring holding portion when the left and right ring rings are brought together. 16. The binding tool for a file binder according to claim 15, further comprising an engagement surface that is engaged with a return-preventing recessed portion that is perforated.
[17] 左右一対の綴環保持部は、表紙の高さ方向にのびる長さを有し、左右一対の綴環 保持部は、その合わせ部から左右一対の幅方向において離れた位置に、綴環保持 部の長さ方向にのびる付勢部材を固定する固定細孔が形成され、左右一対の綴環 保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた 綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成された固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固 定され、且つ左右一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合 わせるようにつき合わされた、請求項 14ないし請求項 16のいずれかに記載のフアイ ル.バインダ用綴じ具。 [17] The pair of left and right binding ring holding portions has a length extending in the height direction of the cover, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are arranged at positions separated from the mating portion in the pair of left and right width directions. A fixed pore is formed to fix the urging member extending in the length direction of the ring holding part, and the pair of left and right ring rings are shifted in the length direction, and the left and right ring rings are alternately crossed to cross each other. The fixing portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixing pore formed in the binding ring holding portion between the binding rings, and the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction thereof, thereby The binding tool for a file binder according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the binding tools are arranged so as to make the rings mate with each other.
[18] 左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の 綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成さ れた固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長 さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにつき合わされるように形成され、 前記固定細孔は、付勢部材の固定部が嵌め込まれた状態において一方の綴環保 持部をずらせるために、ずらせる方向とは反対側に延長された、請求項 14ないし請 求項 17のいずれかに記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。 [18] The pair of left and right binding rings is configured such that the pair of binding rings is shifted in the length direction, the left and right binding rings are alternately crossed, and the binding rings are held between the crossed rings. The fixed portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixed pores formed in the step 1, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought together. The fixed pores are extended to the side opposite to the direction of shifting in order to shift one of the binding ring holding portions in a state where the fixing portion of the biasing member is fitted. The file described in any of 17 'Binding tool for binder.
[19] 左右一対の綴環保持部は、一対の綴環保持部をその長さ方向にずらせ、左右の 綴環を互い違いに交差させて、交差させた綴環の間において、綴環保持部に形成さ れた固定細孔に、付勢部材の固定部が固定され、且つ一対の綴環保持部をその長 さ方向にずらせ、左右の綴環をつき合わせるようにつき合わされるように形成されると ともに、左右の綴環がつきあわされる位置において付勢部材が移動することを防止 するための移動防止手段が形成された、請求項 14ないし請求項 18のいずれかに記 載のファイル ·バインダ用綴じ具。  [19] The pair of left and right binding rings is configured such that the pair of binding rings is shifted in the length direction, the left and right binding rings are alternately crossed, and the binding rings holding section is between the intersecting rings. The fixed portion of the urging member is fixed to the fixed pores formed in the step 1, and the pair of binding ring holding portions are shifted in the length direction so that the left and right binding rings are brought together. The file binder according to any one of claims 14 to 18, further comprising a movement preventing means for preventing the urging member from moving at a position where the left and right binding rings are brought together. Binding tool.
[20] 前記付勢部材の移動防止手段は、左右一対の綴環保持部のうち一方の綴環保持 部の固定細孔の終端と、他方の綴環保持部の固定細孔の終端のうち前記一方の綴 環保持部の固定細孔の終端とは綴環保持部の長さ方向において反対側の終端とに よって形成された、請求項 19に記載のファイル ·ノインダ用綴じ具。  [20] The urging member movement preventing means includes a fixed pore end of one of the pair of right and left ring holders and a fixed pore end of the other ring holder. 20. The file / ininder binding tool according to claim 19, wherein an end of the fixed hole of the one ring holding part is formed by an end opposite to the length direction of the ring holding part.
[21] 前記綴環は、綴環保持部の間において形成された間隙に向けて、被綴じ物の綴じ 代側端縁を間隙に入り込ませないようにするための案内部が突き出し設けられた、請 求項 1に記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ具。  [21] The guide ring is provided with a guide portion for protruding the binding margin side edge of the binding object so as not to enter the gap toward the gap formed between the binding ring holding portions. File according to claim 1, 'Binding tool for binder.
[22] 前記間隙は、前記左右一対の綴環保持部の間に跨って、綴環の形成された面上 において架け渡された付勢部材との間に形成された、請求項 21に記載のファイル- バインダ用綴じ具。  [22] The gap according to claim 21, wherein the gap is formed between the pair of left and right binding ring holding portions and an urging member spanned on a surface where the binding ring is formed. Files-binder binder.
[23] 前記左右一対の綴環保持部は、綴環を開閉するときにおいて左右一対の綴環保 持部が当接及び Z又は近接する部位を枢軸として揺動自在に固定され、綴環保持 部の綴環の突き出る側の面に近い高さにおいて綴環保持部の間に跨って付勢部材 が固定され、 前記付勢部材は、綴環保持部の長さ方向に伸びる長さを有し、綴環を閉じる方向 に向けて綴環保持部を付勢するように、綴環保持部の綴環の基部の内側の近傍に おいてその両端が固定された、請求項 21又は 22に記載のファイル 'バインダ用綴じ 具。 [23] The pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are fixed so that the pair of left and right binding rings holding portions are in contact with each other and pivoted around the Z or the adjacent portion when opening and closing the binding rings. The biasing member is fixed across the binding ring holding portion at a height close to the surface on the protruding side of the binding ring, The biasing member has a length extending in a length direction of the ring holding part, and a base of the ring of the ring holding part so as to bias the ring holding part in a direction to close the ring. The file 'binder binding tool according to claim 21 or 22, wherein both ends thereof are fixed in the vicinity of the inside of the file.
PCT/JP2007/063490 2006-07-25 2007-07-05 Binding fastener for file binder WO2008013037A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2007800277262A CN101495323B (en) 2006-07-25 2007-07-05 Binding fastener for file binder
JP2008526717A JP4809895B2 (en) 2006-07-25 2007-07-05 Binding tool for file binder

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-202077 2006-07-25
JP2006202077 2006-07-25
JP2006211372 2006-08-02
JP2006-211372 2006-08-02
JP2006271433 2006-10-03
JP2006-271433 2006-10-03
JP2006-271432 2006-10-03
JP2006271432 2006-10-03
JP2007001773 2007-01-09
JP2007-001773 2007-01-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008013037A1 true WO2008013037A1 (en) 2008-01-31

Family

ID=38981353

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/063490 WO2008013037A1 (en) 2006-07-25 2007-07-05 Binding fastener for file binder

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4809895B2 (en)
CN (1) CN101495323B (en)
WO (1) WO2008013037A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011156959A1 (en) * 2010-06-17 2011-12-22 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Company Limited A ring binder mechanism
US10479132B2 (en) * 2015-09-11 2019-11-19 Yugen Kaisha Sankusu Binding tool and file
TWI777895B (en) * 2022-02-11 2022-09-11 張智源 Multi-ring file folder

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003291574A (en) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-15 Lihit Lab Inc Member for opening ring binder
JP2005144928A (en) * 2003-11-18 2005-06-09 Kaneda Katsumi Loose-leaf binder with lock
JP2005246940A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-15 Lihit Lab Inc Binding implement

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2747412A1 (en) * 1976-10-22 1978-04-27 Scott Paper Co LIGHT SENSITIVE DIAZOMASS FOR DIAZOTYPE
JPS5391727U (en) * 1976-12-25 1978-07-27
GB9714801D0 (en) * 1997-07-14 1997-09-17 World Wide Stationery Mfg Co Ring binder mechanism
US6749357B2 (en) * 2001-11-30 2004-06-15 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Company, Limited Ring binder mechanism

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003291574A (en) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-15 Lihit Lab Inc Member for opening ring binder
JP2005144928A (en) * 2003-11-18 2005-06-09 Kaneda Katsumi Loose-leaf binder with lock
JP2005246940A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-15 Lihit Lab Inc Binding implement

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101495323A (en) 2009-07-29
JP4809895B2 (en) 2011-11-09
JPWO2008013037A1 (en) 2009-12-17
CN101495323B (en) 2010-12-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4283771B2 (en) Binding tool
US7762734B2 (en) Ring binder mechanism
US7524128B2 (en) Ring binder mechanism spring biased to a locked position
US6276862B1 (en) Binder mechanism
US7661898B2 (en) Soft close ring binder mechanism with reinforced travel bar
US20050013654A1 (en) Ready lock ring binder mechanism
US7600939B2 (en) Ring binder mechanism with sliding hinge plate
JP2006312307A (en) Shifting bar to be used with ring mechanism
WO2008013037A1 (en) Binding fastener for file binder
US20050271459A1 (en) Interlocking ring tip formations for paired ring members of a ring binder mechanism
JP4133441B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4283844B2 (en) Binding tool
CA2500817A1 (en) Soft close ring binder mechanism with reinforced travel bar
JP4657303B2 (en) File
CA2550751A1 (en) Ring binder mechanism spring biased to a locked position
JP4637118B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4133442B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4695094B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4624249B2 (en) Binding tool
JP2001213082A (en) Loose-leaf binder made of two members
CA2586165C (en) A travel bar for use with a ring mechanism

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780027726.2

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07768239

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008526717

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07768239

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

点击 这是indexloc提供的php浏览器服务,不要输入任何密码和下载